I 0/. II,_ '-1425-3�-�4�.1-2 TM 9-1425-384-14

( DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL, DS, AND GS MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE, SURVEILLANCE, SHIPMENT ON TACTICAL VEIDCLES,

AND DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE (PERSHING la FIELD ARTILLERY MISSILE SYSTEM)

:. ·-· . · -. I ������� I ,i i i 1 ������ - . . . : . ;;: . .

This copy is a reprint which includes current

pages from Changes 1 and 2.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY AUGUST 1979

·-gtz Googly

!wARNING I DANGEROUS VOtTAGE

is used in the operation of this equipment. DEATH ON CONTACT

may result if you fail to observe safety precautions.

TM9·1425·384-14

1 Don't work on electronic equipment unless someone else is near who knows about the operation and hazards of this equipment. He should also know how to give first aid.

2 If you have a helper, make sure he knows what items are dangerous.

3 Whenever you can, shut off power to the equipment before you start to work on it.

4 Ground every capacitor that is likely to be dangerous.

S When you are working inside the equipment, and after you have turned off power, ground every part before you touch it.

6 Do not touch high-voltage connections w�en you install or operate this equipment. >

7 Don't be fooled by the term "low voltage". YOU COULD BE KIUED BY AS unLE AS 50 VOtTS!

8 Whenever you can, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the chances of current flowing through vital organs of your body.

9 Read FM 21·11 so you'll know about artificial respiration.

I WARNING I HAZARDOUS SOt VENTS

When you use solvents, be sure that the place you work in is well ventilated. WEAR GLOVES AND EYE PROTECTION. If you don't have good ventilation, read TB MED 223 and use the recommended respiratory (breathing) protection.

DON'T USE FLAMMABLE SOt VENTS AROUND HEAT, OPEN FLAME, OR SPARKS.

IF YOU GET SOLVENT IN YOUR EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN, FLUSH THE SOLVENT AWAY WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES; THEN GET MEDICAL HELP.

TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS

Usc the same care for toxic and flammable chemicals as you would for hazardous solvents.

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, AND RADIOLOGICAl CONTAMINATION

Notify your supervisor if you think you have been exposed to chemical, biological, or radiological con­tamination. TM 9-1300-275/2 gives procedures for decontamination.

Diglt1zed by Google

TM 9·1425-384-14

DANOIIOUS NOISIIIVIL fXISTS AROUND ""'

OPERA liNG POWU STATION.

NOTE,

P4t0GRAIM\ER· TfST STATION

VEHICLE

YOU CAN WORK AROVNO

AN OPERATING POWER STATION AS lONG AS REQUIRED If YOU WEAR A HEADSET 01< APPRO'ItD

EAR PROTECTION.

20 fl

WARNING

PTS PS

PIRMANIHT lEAR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR IF YOU ARE EXPOSED TO NOISE BEYOND SAFE T\ME UMITS WITHOUT APPROVED

EAR PROJECTION. SAfE LIMITS fOR AREAS ARE SHOWN IN THIS ILLUSTRATION AND LISTED I:H THE lfGfNO BElOW.

'-''''- 1 fOOT (305 MM): 1/2 HOUR PU DAY - 2 FEU (610 MM), 3 HOURS PER DAY ?.i*9:�):, _.FEET (1.2 M)� NO WORK AREA

(PASS THROUGH ONlY) 'l//// B f-EET (2.4 M): � HOURS PER 0.<\Y

c Digitized by Coogle 1

TM 9-1425-384-14

SAFETY MEASURES FOR HANDLING HIGH-PRESSURE AIR SYSTEMS

1 Before you handle high-pressure airhoses and operate equipment that uses high-pressure air, learn all about the equipment and the procedure you have to perform.

2 When procedures tell you to use special care, USE SPECIAL CARE! If your supervisor or the unit you are in requires you to wear safety equipment, WEAR SARTY EQUIPMENT WHEN RE­QUIRED!

3 Before you make any connections, inspect the hoses for cuts, kinks, and scuffs. Replace any hoses that are not in good condition.

4 If you find any valves or regulators that are dirty or leaking, clean them, or notify your supervisor that repair is needed.

5 You must not use oils or greases on high-pressure air equipment.

6 Clear all airhoses and valves at regular time spans. Before you disconnect hoses, relieve pressure from the system.

7 When you turn on high-pressure air, stand clear of hose connections. Open valves slowly and smoothly.

8 When you turn off high-pressure air, close valves slowly and smoothly. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN VALVES OR USE WRENCHES ON THEM!

9 The high-pressure airhose is 1/4-inch inside diameter; DONOTTRYTO BEND AJRHOSE TOA RADIUS Of LESS THAN 4 INCHES.

10 Do not paint or coat an airhose.

11 Whenever you can, depressurize airhose and protect it from sun.

12 Don't kink, twist, walk on, run over, or jerk airhose.

13 Allow at least 2 feet (0.61 meter) of slack for each 100 feet (30.5 meters) of airhose. (Hose expands in diameter when pressurized and shortens in length.)

14 Secure high-pressure airhose at distances of 36±1 inch (0.91 meter). Use straps, stakes, hose clamp tiedown assemblies. or sandbags as necessary.

Diglt1zed by Google

C2 TM 9-1425-384-14

INSERT lATEST CHANGE . DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text affected bv the changes it indieated by a \lertical line in t._. outer mtf'Vin of the pege. Changes to illuttrations art lndkated by a v."ieal Jint �jacent to the illustr•tion identification number.

DatH or i.uue for oril!nal and cbanaed pac .. ano:

Orilinal . . . 0 . . .

Chana• . . . 1 .. .

Chu11e .. . 2 .. .

17 Aua 79 3 Dec 80 4 May 82

TOTAL NUMB ER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 1Jl5 CONSISTlNO OF THE FOLLOWING:

·� •cb.ut. .. No. No.

D anaeroua voltaae, baz.ardou. ool· vent.. toxic and Oamma ble chemicall, chemieal, bio· lofieal, and

nuliol011ical cont.am.inatio n warnina: . • . . . . . . • . . 0

Power dation noise warnina . , . . . . . 0

Safety meuuno tor hmdlinl hiah· preuun air oyot4mo . . • 0

A . . . . • . . . . . • . • . • • . 2 B Blank . . . . . . .-..... 2 i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 • • 1

li· iv..... . .. . . . . . . . . 0 1·1 · 1·3 ••o••······ 0 lo4 . . . . . . . . . • . . 0 • • 1 1·4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

..... No.

1-4.2 Blank •....•..•

1·5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . •

1·6 Blank · .•....•••.

2·1 . 2·25 • . . . . . • . . .

2·26 Blank , . . . . . . , . .

S·l . . . . . . . . . . . • . .

3·2 Blank .•...•....

4·1 • 4·24 .••••.•...

4·25 . 4-29 ••..•••.

4·30 . 4·42 . . . • . . . .

4·43 • 4·45 . . . • . • • .

4·46 . 4-57 • . • • . . . .

4·58 Blank . . . . . . . .

5·1 . 5·5 . . . . . . . . . •

6--6 • . • • . • . • • • 0 • • •

6·7 • 6·14 • . • . . • • • • 0

6-15 . . . . . . • . . • . • . •

6-16. 5·17 . . . . . . . • . •

6-18 Blank .•.•.•.•..

A·l . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A·2 Blank B·1 • B·2

•-Cbanae No.

l

1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

A/(B blankl

Diglt1zed by Google

Cl *TM9·1425·384-14

TECHNICAL MANUAL

No. 9-1425-384-14 ) ) )

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

WASHINGTON, D.C., 11 Auqu8t 1919

OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL, DS, AND GS MAINTENANCE MANUAl:

ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE, SURVEillANCE,

SHIPMENT ON TACTICAL VEHICLES,

AND

DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

(PERSHING la RELD ARTILLERY MISSILE SYSTEM)

REPORTING Of ERRORS You can help improve this manual by calling attention to errors and by recommending improvements and stating your reasons for the recommen­dations. Your letter or D A Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publica­tions) or DA Form 2028-2 (located in back of the manual) should be mailed directly to Commander, U.S. Army Missile Command, ATTN: DRSMI-NPM, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898. A reply will � furnished directly � you.

CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION Section I. General

Scope .................................................................. ............................................................. .

Forme, recordt. and reporta .......................................................................................... .

Military eecurity require menta ............................. .... ..................... .... .................... ...... ..

Abbreviationa ............................................................... ............ .. ....... .. ................................ .

ll Data General ............................................................................................................................. .

Weiahta a n d dimensions ........................... ................................................................ ..... .

Ul. Genera11natructione Sarety precaution• ......................................................................................................... .

Special atorage provlsiona ............................................................................................. .

Pukaain' materiaJs ........................................................................................................ .

Loadinc method.a ......................... ..................................................................................... .

Survei llance ........................................................................... .. .......................................... .

Preparation for shipment ....................................... ........................................................ .

CHAPTER 2. ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE Section I. General

Defi niti on ........................................................................................................................ .

Duration of ator�r�e ...................................... ................................................................. .

Preparation or equipment Cor administrative atorajle ................................................. .

Cr.

t ' ad ' ' tr t' ·-·are o equ1pmen an man11 a 1ve awraa:e .............................................................. .

Removal of equipment (rom administrative atoraae ... � .............................................. ..

Equipment Maintenance at��dlor exerei.te ..................................................................... .

Return of equipment to adminiatra.tive atorage .......................................................... .

11. PI'Oitammer-Teat Station General ........ .... ........ ......... .... ..... .... ............ .... ... ......... .... ............. .... ......... ..... ..... ... .. ........... .

Prettoraae- proeedura ..................... .............................................................................. .

Pretervation ...................... .............................................................................................. .

Poet storage pn><-ing ................................................................................................. .

Ill. Niaeile Section Hoiating Beama General ............... ........ ........ ..... .... .... .... .... ........ .... .... ......................................................... ..

Presto rage pn>eedurea ............................... .................................................................... .

fretervation ........... ................................ .... ............. ...... ............. ..... ......... ................. ... ..... .

Poet atoraa:e proceaaina .................................................................................................. .

•Tbbo manual supersedea TM 9-1400-319-15. dated 11 Auguat 1966, includilli changea I through 5.

Paragraph

1-1 1-2 1-8 14

1-$ 1-'

1-1 1-8 1·9

1-10 1-11 1·12

2·1 2-2 Z-3 H u 2-6 2-1

2-8 2-9

2-10 2-11

2-12 2-13 2-14 Z.l5

Page

1-1 1·2 1-2 1·3

1 -8 1·3

14.1 H 1-S '"' H 1-6

2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1

2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2

2-3 2-3 2-3 H

I

Diglt1zed by Godgle

. T M 9-1 425·314-1 4

li

IV. Dolly Set aod Adapler Unito

v.

General ............. , . ..... , .. , , .. , .. ..................................................................................... .. Prettorage procedure ............................... ..... , .................................. .... .... ..... ................. . Presen·ation " "' .... , .. , .. '"' "" ........ ,, ..... ""' ..... , . " .. ". Poat. storage proceuina ................ ................................................... .............. ................. .. Azimuth Laying Set and Equipment Uoed With A•imuth Lay ing Set General , ,. , .. , . .... ,, ...... , ...... , .. , ,. , ... .. .. , ..... .......... . P·re�toraae proeedure .................................................................................................... .. Pmeryat jon,. II nn ol" " "'""lUI 0 :nh !Un .. , cn:U , •• "" :nnU! O" I!! n!n: .. ... h:n . . ,. !n!0 0 !:!Ue0 00 .... 000 .. 00 00

Poe l atot-ye p�eulna; .................................. ......................................... .... .......... ....... ..... . .. Vl. Power DiatribuUon Snt.em

vn.

VIII.

General .... , . " "' , ........ , , .... , . ...................... ........................................................... . Prestorye proeedu. re . ............ ........ ........ ....• ....... .. ..... ...... ......... ........................................... Preaer'tati on " , . .... ,. , .. , ... ........... .. ........... ,,, ... , ... , , ....... ..

P08t eto"ra,ge pTOCeAina ......... ..... ................ ... . ............................. .................. ........................... . Shop SetA General " .. , ... ....... , ........ ................................................. , ..................................... .. Prestorye proeedure ........ ................................. ...... .............................. ...................... ... ...... . Preeervation ..... ,. , . . . . ....... ............... , ....... , .. , ... ,, ........ ..

Poal atora,ge processina ......... ..... .... .... .. ...... ..... ......... ................ ................ .... ..... .... ....... .... . . Gu;danee Section Blanket General ... , .. , ,. , .. ,. , .. ... .... .... .... .... ........ ... , .. ,. " " ......... '""" ........... .. Preetorye proeedure ... ......... ............. ................... ........ ....................................... ............ .. Pre•enati on .. ,. " " " ... " ,. " " , ... , ,, ....... ,.

Poet 1torye processing .. . .............. .. ............................ ........... ........... ............................. . .. IX. Special Tool Seta

General. Prestor e Prnervatjon

" , ... . . ..... .. . ,, ..... :!'. "' . ........ .... .,, ' ........ "" '" .. ....... " ................ ..-rocedure . ......... ... ... .... .................. .......... ........ ........ ............................... ............ ..

. . . . " ... ,. , .... , .. , . . , .......

Poat atoraae proc:eesifti ..... ............ .... ...................................................... ..... .. .. ....... ...... .. X. Miacellaneous Equipment

General . .. ............. , . ,, . ........................... , .. , , .. ,,, .... , ................. ..... , .. ... .. ............. ... .. Miaalle aection eradlea ................... ........ ........ ..... ......................... ............. ..... .... ............ .. Vehicle boardins ladders ......... ..... ........ .... ..... .............................................. .... ............ ..

XI. Syotem Comp<>nento Teat Station

Section XII.

XIII.

XIV.

General . . ,, ,, .............. ......... ........ ..... .......... , ............ , .. , ........... . , ................................ . Prestorye proeedu.re ....................................... ................................... ............. .. ,.,_,. ........... . Pte•ervatjon " """0::1"

Poet ato tage proceasinR .......................................... .............................. . .................. , ...... .

Erector·Launcher and Cable Mast AW!mbly General ............... , ............ .... , .. .... , ........ , ..... ................................................. , ......... . Pres tor e l'()(!edure ......................................... . ........................ ...... , ... , ......... , .............. . Pte¥o·aUon .... .. , .... ..... , ....... , ... , ....... . Post a to rage processing ... ...... .. ..... ................. ............ , ........................................... , .... .. .. Battery Control Central General '" . "' ... , ....... , ...... .......................... .. Prestorye proc:edu.re , ........... , ................ , ................................................................ ........ .. Preacryatjon. , , ... , , .... ,, ,,,,, .. , ............ , .. , . ........................... , .. , ......................... .. Poet atorye processing .... .... ... . ..... . .... .. ............. .. ..... .... ... .......... ........ .... , ..................... .. , .. . Launch Control G roup (SLA) Ge.neral ... ........ ..... .............. ...... .. ......... .. .......... .... ...................... .. , ..... ............................ . .. l'rt�sto.rye prO<'ed.ure .. , ........ .. ..................... .... ... . .......... ... .......... .. ............. ...... .................. .. Preserya tjon ,., " '"'""'"'t:"'"'""" .. '"

Post storage procestin g ... ......... .... .... ..... ... , ... ................................... ......................... .... . .. XV Power Stat.ion

General ,, , .. , ...... , ....... ,, ............................. , ................ .. Prestorage procedure ...... , .......................... .... ..... ... ................. ......... ....... . ..... ........ ............ , Preacrvali on ...... , .. ..... ,, .................................... .. ......................... ...... ........ .... ...... . Post atorye processing ... ...... .............. .................... .. .. .............................................. ...... .

Parqraph P...,

� �

2,11 �

2d& 2:.5

2dJt 2.,5

2.,20 2di

2c2l. 2di

2c22 ·u

2:2.1 2,8

i:24 2o!l

.2:2ji 2o!l

2:M 2o9

Ul 2o9

JI,2S l:lJl ,

.2,2!1 �

2:311 l:lJl

H! Z:ll

2:32 Z:ll

2,3& Z:ll

2oU 2cll

2,&ti 2:.12

.b'l6 2:.12

2:n 2:.12

2:.18 2:1!

2,lli loU

� loU I 2:fi 2oa

lY2. loU

2:4.'1 � 2oU � lY.'l z,}A 2M �

2:il Z:lb. � Z:lb.

� Z:lb.

.:�:m 2d.6.

2M 2oJ.7

2.,52 2-17

2.,5,1 2,11

.2=M 2d.&

.2.5:> zii

2,5ll ill

2o51 ill

.2,lill 2:12

� ?c2ll

2dla 2:211

2M 2:20

2,£ �

� Diglt1zed by Google

XVI. Power Station Group (FDTi ""'""'""-------------------- ···· ································ Pr(• storagc.� procedure ...... .................. ................. ........ ... , .... .... .... . ..... ......... .... .... ..... ........ .

Preser\'atjon ................................... . Post .storage processing .... .... ..................... ...................................................................... .

XVII. Warhead Section H andJing Device !!..:..!"--�����---····· .. ····························

Pr�l\ tc.l.rAJte proc�h.s � ... , ... _ . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ., ... . . . . ... ... . . ... " . . . .... . .. . , ... ..... ..... .... ..... ............ .... .

Pt£'3(1(\'Rtjo n' ,. n • "'""" "'' :!"'"' '"''"''"''"'''"' " " " . " " I .................................. .

Post storage processing .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .. ... . . . . . .... . ... . .... ..... . .

_,X'-'V-"11,_1�

. 1s11i�n:g�s L-- --- ---------- ---· ··················· ············ ···

Pres tor!!ge pr oc ed ure . . , . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ... . . . . . . . , .. . ... . .... . ... . . . . . . . . . ..... ... ... ........... . .. .. ........ .. . .

Presen·atioo . . ... ,. , . ...... ,. '""" ,. ,. ,,. " " .. .. . . . ........ . . ...... , .............. ..

Post storage processing ................................... , . . . . .. . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . ... ..... ....... .. .... .

XIX. ·Test Seta, Warhead Se<lion Simulator As •em b lr. and Ca ble Tester AN/GSM·45 with Adapters �-�����--···································

'Pr�tor&gf! pr01.�ed Llt'e o ' ' ' :: ''' n ''' n ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' n ' ' ' ' ''' ' ' ' ' n ''' :: '' :: << :: <<< t '''' ''' t ' ' ' ' oo oo<ton< tO<tO t<n <tO nno oooooonooonooon

Presen •at.jon .. . .... . , ......... ................. ........ ................ ..... ·u· .................. .... ........ .... .. .. ........ .

Post storage oroceossing , ..... ,, ... . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. , . . . . . . . .. .... .... .... ........ . ..... .... .... ..... .... ........ ..... .. .

CHAPTER :l SURVEILLANCE �cal.....----------····· ············· ············ ····· Exceptional t\'tnts ...................... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . , . . , . . . . . . . .... . , . . , ...... . . .. . . , .. . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . .

�\tonth h· in.!lpt:etion I"' I"' I 00< I <00!! 00< I 00< I 00<0 00< I <00!!" I"'!! 0•0 <I <00 < <00 !00< <I'"< <OUUUUO!! """I< <OUUO !HOI! H<

CHAPTER 4 S!!U'Mt:NT Of' MJSS! l.F; BO!J¥ Sli:Cf!O:SS AND !iRO!!ND

SUPPORT EQUIPM�:NT BY TACTICAl. VEIIICLES

Section I (jenerlll Sc. ope .. ..................................................... , . . . . .,, .,, . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... ..... ...................... ..

Loading, tiedo"· n , an d unload inK proc. edures . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . ... ... ...... .. ..... ................ .

Unh:ersal tiedo "·n strap . .... ......... .... .... .............................. ........... , . .. .... ... .. . .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. . . .

II. Shipment of Missile Body Sections In Containe no First and s�eond stage body sections .. . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . ... . ......... , ..... .. . . . . . ... , .. .

fiujdam •e. section "Mwis.,•UJil.e.• ..t<J:Jr•uinneeJr:...MI!Ul9:t.. _______________ ,,,,,., .......................... .

IlL Shipment or Major Items of Ground Supoort Equipment Shop seta . ·"· ..................................................... , . . . . . . , .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .. . . . , ....... , .... ... .. . . . .... . ..

Prosrammer .. test station and radio ter mlnal aet ........................ , .. ... . ... ... .. , ., . . , .. ..... .. .

Cable m .. t usemblv . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. ..... . .... . . .. ... ... . ... . . . .. ... ..... .

Po'6'£t 9l.at.jgQ IV. Ship ment of MiS<ellane ous Equ ipment

Missile body· sectio·n cradles. electrical cable teat set, and ve hic-le. boarding -ladders . .... ........ ... . . ... . .... .... ... . ..... .... . . . . . . . . .... .... ..... ...................... ....... .... ..

Dolly se.t. and adapter units ...... - . . . . . . ... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . -... . . .. . . .. . . . . . . ............................ , ..... ..

ST·l 20 in tactieal container and servoa mplifier ......................................... ................. .

Componen t and test set containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . - . . . , . . , . . . . . . . . ... ... . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. ... .... .. . . . . . .

V . Shipment of A z.imuth Laying Set. Preparation ror shipment . .... I ... I ... I ••• I ... I ... I ... I ... " .. " .. " ... I .. " ... I ... I ............... .... ............ ... . . . Shipp ing proc.edure ............ - . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . ..................................... .

CHAPTER 5. DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Sec:tjon I Gc•nrral Sc.(H>e ......................................... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . , . . , . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... .... ......... , .................. .

A uthorit\ ' for destruction .... ............................... , . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... .............. .... .... .... .

Methods c( destruction ............ , .... ....... ...... . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . , . . , . . . . . .. , .. . ........ .... . . Pre-c-a ution ar\' mea.sureos ................... .................. ............ ., ... . . . . . . ... ..... ... . . . .. . ... .. , .. . . . . . , ... .. .

Degree of da.mage .. . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... ..... .... ........ ... . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . ... .. . . . .

ts:q u ipm("n l in!lt.allrd in vehicles . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . ....... . .... ..... ........ ... .................. ..

Repair F>a.rts .................................. , . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .... . . . . . , .. ... . . , . . . . . . .... . . . . . ........ ................. .. .

Reoorti ng ... .. ... . . .. . . . ... .... . .. .. ., . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . , . . . . . . , . . , . . , . . ,, ., .. . ........... . .............. ..

TM9·1425-384-14

Paragraph Page

2,6,1 2:21.

2M 2,21

� � 2,6£, �

2.61 2,22

2,lil! 2::22.

� 2,Z,'l

2,1Jl 2,Z,'l

2:;11 2,Z,'l

� 2.:2a

2dl.'l �

.,_.,4 2,2t

.us 2,2t

.2,1Ji 2:2i

2,11 2,2t

2c1B. 2::25.

&1 &1

&2. &1

&3 &1

4:1 4:1

u 0

<i,3 u

� u

h'l <i,3

u 4<3

!b1 Uii

4,8 Uii

w Uii

4:ll! Uii

4:11 "-"�£

4:12. "-"�£

u.a "-"�£

4:1,1 �

4:15 Jdi1

4:i6. Jdi1

Diglt1zed by Goii�le

TM 9-1425-384-14

II Deta iled nemnlition ProceduN!M General ....................................... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... . . , . . , . . , . .. , . , . .... . ... . . ... . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Priority of destruction . ..................... .............. .... .......................... .... ......... ..................... .

Explosive demolition procedures ..................................................................... ............ .

Hazardous jtema Warhead wtjon Mi:wile AMt:mhled on erwtnr-launcher Battery ('Ontrol central ....................................................... ........................ ..................... .

Gujdance. acetion Radjo terminal 8t!t Provrammer-tes t statio n . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... .. . . . .... .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SYste m componen ts lest station ... ............ .... .............. ...... . ..... ...................................... .

Teletype·"· riter central office ...................... ............. ...................... .... .................. .... .... ... .. Claaaifi ed t«bnjca l maauala Erector-lau�s::her . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

l.aunch eontrol grtu:rp (SLA) ......................................................................................... . .

fi'i"'t 3nd !feco·�d .,t.au:eF> .... ................................................................................. ........... . .

Azimu th lay i Ag set and equipment used with azimuth laying set ... ......................................... .................... .......... ............ .. .......... ........ .

Teat acta . ,. , , . .. . .. , , ........ , .... ...... ....... , ..... ,, .. , ... ............... . . , . ... . ... . . . . . .

SbO &et.S , , ,, , ,,, ,.,, ,, , '"• '", "" "" ,,.,. ,., . .,,. '"' ''" ''"' '"' "", "' •'" ,,.., '", "'' ,.,, ,,., , ., , . '" " '"' "'', "" Power stat. ion group (FDTI ..... , .... . .. . .... . ... . . ........ ... . ... . .... ... . ... . . ... . .... .... .... . . ... . .. .. .. . . . .. . . . . . .

C81J!o truck M 6 56 an d t r ac to r 1&757 •quipm ent moun tina ki ts .................................. .

Generator! (10 kw and 45 kwl ...................................................................................... .

Miscellaneous groun d support equ ipment .... ..................... ..... ........ .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .... .

Power djstrihntinn and cable sets Wrecker Mfl43 tjr:down kjt . . , .. , . All x .i Har\• equipment vehi cles ........................................................................... .... ........ .

Jlnc:IA!!.!Jified f«bnjc:al manua!a

APPENDIX A Referenrea

Paragraph

fJ-9 f>-10 5-11

i) •. ) 2

5-14

5-Ui

a- I S 5- l 9 :-. ' S.21

S.22

5·24

f> · 30

f)-36

B. Expendable Supplieo and !llater ial$ List .... ............. .... ..... ... ........................... .......... ........ .. ....... ..... . .

Page

5- 3

5-4

5-·1

5-7 5- ·7 ::· - ....

5-9 5-9

�9 5-9

5-12

5-14

5-14

S-15

f>.l6

5-1 6

.;-17

5-l7 5-17 5-17 .5-17

A-1 B· 1

'" Diglt1zed by Google

Figure

4·1

4-2

4-3

4-4

4-5

4-7

4-8

4-9

4·10

4-ll

4-12

4·13

4-14

4-15 4-16

5-1 5-2

5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8

Number

1·1 1·2

5-1 B-1

TM9·14254M.14

UST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Unive.rsal ti.edow·n strap .............................................................................................................................. .

Typ ical tiedown strap installation ............................................................. ............................................. .

Shipment o! the flf'St stage body section in container o n tactical vehicles .......................................................................................................... .................................. .

Shipmnt of second a�e body section and the guidance and control body section in containers on taetical vehicles .......................................... ............................... .

Shipment of the mechanical and electrical ohop·seta on tac::tic&J veh iclea . ..... ........ ............. .................... ......... .......... .... ............ .............. ............. ................ .............. .... .

Shipment of the Npair parto abop, preservation and packaging shop, and supply office on tactical vehicles ........ ,, ....................................................... .......................... .

Shipment of the programmer-teat station and/or radio terminal set in tactical vehicles ................................................................................................................................ .

Cable mut aosembly container .............................................................................................................. ..

Shipment of the cable maot aoaembly on tactical vehides ........................ ..... ....................................... .

Shipment of the power station in tactical vehitle ................. ................................................................ .

Shipment of the mi�eetl&Deoua �und support equipment on taetieal vehic:lee ................................................................................... .................................................. .

ST-120 stabiliud platform barrier envelope construction ..................................................................... .

ST-120 atabiliud platform barrier envelope. installation ............................ ................. ......................... ..

S.rvoamplifier packaging ............... .... .... .... ..... ........ ......... ........ .... ............. .... .... ..... .... .... ......... ............. ... .

ST -120 and servoamplifier crating .................................................................... ..................................... ..

Shipment of azimuth laying set on tactical vehicle .............................................................................. ..

Loc.ation of charges for guidante aec:tion .............................................................................. .................... .

Location of c:hqee in power station ......................................................... ................................................ .

Location of charges on •�tor-launcher ............................................ ................................................... .

Location of charges in launch control group (SLA) .............................................................................. ..

Location of charges for oeeond o�e (similar for first s�e) ................................................. ............ ..

Location of charges tor miasHe section in container (typical) ............................................................... .

Location of cha111es in typical teat set ................................. .................................................................. ..

Location of cha111es in power otation group (FDT) ............................................................... : ............... ..

UST OFT ABlES

Title

Nomenclature croea-reference ................................................................................................................... .

Weia:.hta and dimens ions of major c:omponenta ........................................................................... ........... ..

System destruct priori ty sequence ............................ ............................................................................. ..

E•ptndable supplies and materials ............................................ ............................. ................................ .

Pa,e

4-1

4-2

'-21

4-25 4-30

4-31 4-41

• ... 8 '-52 4-53

4-54

4-55

4-57 5-6 5-8

f>.10

f>.ll

f>.l2 5-13 f>.14

5-16

Pa,e

1-1 1-3

5-3 B-1

TM 9·1425-314-14

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

Section I. GENERAL

1-1. Scope.

a.. This manual contains information and guid· ance for pei'!IOnnel responsible for administrative storage, surveillance, shipment, and demolition (to prevent enemy use) of the PERSHING la Field Artillery Missile System. Methods of preparing the equipment for shipment are described, and various methods of demolition are given· to prevent enemy use of equipment when system components must be abandoned because of enemy action. The pro­cedures prescribed for administrative storage in

chapter 2 are as defmed in AR 750-1.

b. Appendixes in this manual include appendix A, References, and appendix B, Expendable Sup­plies and Materials List.

c. Table 1·1 contains an alphabetical listing of the nomenclature used in this manual, with a cross-reference to official nomenclature.

Common

ARU tripod or tripod

Aximutb laying oet

Azimuth reference unit or ARU

Azimuth reference unit (ARU) tent

Battery control central or BOC

Crane pack lifting sling aet

Dolly truck oet

Electrical repair shop

Electronic: unit container

Ereetor·launcher or EL

First stl(le

First etage container

Official

A:rimuth Reference Unit Tripod

Guided loliuile Asimutb Lay­illl Set ANITSQ·110(X()..1)

Part of Guided loliaoile Ali· muth LayiJ!8 Set ANITSQ-110(X()..1)

Azimuth Reference Unit Shel­ter Asaembly

Guided Miaolle Battery Con­trol Central AN/MSW..S

Multiple Leg Sling M28 Tranoportable Shelter-Dolly

Set Aloi/TSM�9

Guided loliaoile 8)-stem Shop Equipmont

Electroniea Unit and Manual Controlo Shipping and Stor­age Container

Guided Missile Semitrailer Mounted Erector Launcher M790

Guided Misoile Propulsion Section M 101

Guided Misaile Propulaion Section ShippiJ!8 and Stor· age Container M475

Common Official

First stage hoieting beam Guided Miaaile Hoisting Beam M33

Firat at&ge rocket motor Rocket Motor M105

Guidance and control Guidance and Control Maint .. maintenance proficiency nante Proficiency Teater teater

Guidance aection Guided Mlooile Guidance Sec-tion AN/DJW-49

Guidance oeetion blanket Electrically Heated Guided Misaile Section Blanket Mil

Guidance aection container Guided Missile Guidance Sec· tion Shipping and Storage Container M474

Guidance section hoisting Guided Missile Hoioting Beam beam M32

)natant air cylinder &Dd Guided Missile Gyroocope Air support r""k uaembly Servicer

Launching controla·roup orLCG

Mechanical repair ahop

Miuile oection cradle

Miaoile oection hoioting beam

Mountina kit

Power distribution aet

Power station or PS

Power station rroup or FDT

Preservation aod paekag· ing shop

Programmeratest station or PTS

Radio termial set or RTS

Reference asaembly or RA

Guided Miuile Launching Control Group OJ,�65(V)/G

Guided Missile Syatem Shop Equipment M8

Guided Miaaile Section Cradle M12

Guided Misaile Hoisting Beam Set M66

Power Station Mounting Kit

Guided Missile System Power Distribution Set AN/GSA-109 or AN/GSA-Ill

Transportable Guided Miuile System Power Station AN/TJQ-9

Trailer Mounted Guided Mia· aile System Power Station Group OA�793(XO· 30)/MJQ.S

Transportable Preservation and Packaging Shop M693

Tranoportable Guided Mi11ile Programmer· Test Station AN/TSM-87

Radio Terminal Set A.N/TRC-80

Atimuth Reference Mechani­cal Subi8Bembly

TM 9-1425-384-14

Common

Reference a.s.sem.bly in con· tainer

Second stage

Second stage containe-r

Second stage hoisting beam

Second stage rocket motor

Sequential launch adapter orSLA

Shelter

O fficial

Azimuth Reference Assembly In Container

Guided Missile Propulsion Section Mi02

,Guided Missile Propulsion Section Shipping and Stor· &ge Container M476

Guided Missi'e Hoisting Beam M33

Rocket Motor Ml06

Part of Guided Mi .. ile Launching Control Group QJ.365(V)/G

Electrical Equipment Shelter S-367/TSM�7

Shipping container sling Multiple L"8 Sling M27

ST-120 ST-120 Stabilized Platform

Supply office Transportable Guided Missile System Supply Office M40

Sysum c.omponenta test Semitrailer Mounted Guided station or SCTS Missile Syatem·Syotem Com·

ponenta Test Station AN/MSM-94

Type II repair parto shop Guided Mis&ile System Repair Parts Shelter M4

Warhead section Atomic Warhead Section M28, Ml4l, or Ml42

Warhead section container Warhe&d Section Shipping and Storage Container M514

d. For information pertaining to packaging, shipment, and administrative storage on items used with the PERSHING Ia system equipment that are not covered in this manual, refer to the manuals listed below.

Warhead section

Test aet T4127 A

Test set Ti500A

Test aet Ti502A

Power oupply T436

Battery charger-monitor T431A

TM �1100-3'15-12

TM 9-1100-375-12

TM 39-T1500-2

TM 39-Tl50'2-2

TM 3�T436-2

TM 39-T436-2

Cable te&l �� AN/GSM-45 TM 74().90-1

e. Procedures in this manual are to be used when the PERSHING la Field Artillery Missile System is prepared for storage and for shipment on tactical vehicles.

f Refer to TM 746-231 and TM 746-232 for pro­cedures pertaining to rapid deployment, redeploy­ment, and retrograde for m�or items and selected support items.

g. Refer to TM �1400-379-15-1 for PERSHING la Field Artillery Missile System transportability guidance.

1-2

1-2. Forms, Records, and Reporls.

For a list of the forms, records, and reports per­taining to the materiel covered in this manual, and instructions for their use, refer to TM 38-750. On items for which no logbook is required by TM 38-750, inspection and maintenance records are maintained on DA �'orm 2404 by organizational and DS maintenance personnel.

1-3. Military Security Requirements.

a. The PTS computer will be classified SE­CRET when actual quick reaction· alert (QRA) targeting data are stored in memory. Individual computer assemblies are UNCLASSIFIED when separated from a complete operational configura­tion; i.e., spares or assemblies removed for main­tenance.

b. The PTS will be classified SECRET when the computer is loaded with actual QRA target data. To remove QRA target data from the com­puter memory, perform (1) through (4) below.

(I) Install tape 11061901-5 on tape reader (TM 9-1427-380-12/1).

(2) Press TAPE READ switch and allow tape to run until IRI displays LOADING 1901-5 and tape momentarily stops. When tape starts, proceed to (3) below.

(3) Set TAPE FEED switch to REWIND, and allow tape to rewind fully.

(4) Set DC POWER circuit breaker to OFF. c. Individual QRA target locations are SE­

CRET. Listing of five QRA targets or more are TOP SECRET. Printed data on printer tapes from the PTS with one to four QRA missions and/or computed data pertaining to one to four QRA targets are SECRET. Five or more printed QRA tapes placed together are TOP SECRET. Safeguarding and disposition of these tapes shall be in accordance with AR 380-5.

d. PTS printer tapes, the computer, and the PTS when containing tactical target data other than actual QRA information are classified CON­FIDENTIAL. Safeguarding and disposition of these tapes shall be in accordance with AR 380-5. To remove tactical data from computer memory, perform b(l) through (4) above.

e. Classification assigned to tactical QRA equipment parameters are not intended to apply to CONUS or overseas general training or main­tenance operations. For example, training count­down data and manual data entries are UN­CLASSIFIED, as is the entire PTS. However, the inclusion of any actual QRA information changes 1 the classification to SECRET ln either case of the l above.

Diglt1zed by Google

I

Cl

1 -4. Abb,.viotions.

The abbreviations used in this manual and their definitions are listed below. Common ab­breviations, such as lb, psi, and in., are not in­cluded.

A bbrevialimt ARU BCC BG Btu CFM CN DR DS EA FDT

De/ltrilm Aaimuth R<oference Unit Battery Control Central B., British Thermal Unit Cubic feet per minute Can Drum DiNC:t oupport Each Facili ties diatribution trailer

Ab� GL GliS GS GSE HD ICC MWO PS PTS QRA RO RTS SCTS SH SLA STA TNT

TM9-142S-314-14

Gallon Guided mlooile oyotem General support Gl'OIInd oupport equipment Hundred lnteratate Commerce Commiuion Modifiution work order Power at&tion Proera.mmer�tat atatton Quick reaction alert Roll Radio terminal set System componenl.e tut station Sheet Sequential launch adapter Simulator teat adapter Trinitrotoluene

Section II. DATA

1·5. General.

This section contains the dimension and weight data for the PERSHING la miBBile system com­ponents. Some items listed as a component are packaged in multiple containers. Many reusable containers will vary in weight, as both steel and aluminum covers are used. Unpackaged weights of some items are not given, as these items will be packaged for shipment.

1-6. Weights ond Dimensions. The weights and dimen.sions of the major com­ponents of the PERSHING missile system are giv­en in table 1-2, in metric/English units. Metric units are in bold (dark) type, followed by English units in lighter type.

Tnble l·t. W..Qhu atld Di"'.....O.U of M� Q>mpotWIOII

Lonath Width Heiaht Weiaht Component (,..leeo/inchu) (•oWralincheal (...cenlinchul (�pounds)

ARU di.,noatic priam aoaembly in case O.l218.70 0.2&19.0 0.23/9 U0/10.6 ARU diqnootic priom aoaembly tripod U7/38.o •.wtu Azimuth laying aet ARU ahelter fabric ln c::anvu container 2.W96.0 0.34/13.51 SU/80.0 ARU shelter frame in can"u container 3.44/135.6 ..J 46.4/100.0 Control unit 0.0&'3.2 0.07/2.90 Ul/8.1 U%12.9 Elec::tronic unit usembly O.W24.8' O.S0/11.8 0.51120.0 U.5/76.0 Electronic unit in container 0.86/33.4 UW.9 U2116.6 721168.1 Reference .... mbly 0.14/13.52 1.16149.3 31168.3 R�ference uaembly in container 1.50159.4 U3.121.0 UQ/23.6 74/168.0 Trantlating arm assembly U7/22.5 0.27/10.5 0.53/21.0 IU&/29.6 Tripod (folded) 1.04/41.0 0.41/16.0

.

Ut/19.6 H.2149.0 Tripod a nd tra.nalating arm in container 1.10/43.2 0.72/28.2 0.5t/l3.5 M/189.5

Battery control central 6.781267.0 2.49/98.0 2.57/101.0 S,M0/11,818 Battery control central on M656 8.381330.0 2.49/98.0 UJI142.0 12,333/27,190 Cable mast aooembly •• 1M38.5 0.57/22.5 G.tt/39.0 1401308

Carao truck M656 7.00/276.0 U0/94.9 2.7/106.0 7.370116.276 Cradlo set 1.22148.0 0.10/11.7 e.tl/36.0 99/218 Dolly aet and adaptero 1.851'!3.0 1.90/'16.0 1.%9/51.0 S231'711 Electric blanket in container (guidance 1.08/42.5 O.tS/36.5 41.64/26.0 SU/177 aection)

Set footnotes at end of table.

I

Diglt1zed by <!dogie

TM9-1425-314·14

Component

Erector-launcher First •t.ace container

Firat •t&&'• in container

Go..,rat<>r .. t (IO.kw)

Genoralor .. t ( �kw)

Guidance tection container Guiduce section in container

L&ulleb control group (with cables, air­hOM, and duct)

Power atation

I Programmer-tat station

Radio terminal eet

Second atage container

Second stace in container

Semiuailer··mounted electrical repair ahop

Semitrailer-mounted mechanical repair ahop

Shaped charJe containtr

Shop aobl: Electrical repair

Mechanical repajr PrHervation and packaging

Supply office Trpe II rtpair parto

Simulator•tett adapter

ST-120 atabiliud platform in container

Sunehield ttnt ae,.mbly (in b84JI

I System eomponenb tell station

Tractor M757 V ebide boardine ladder

Warhead section handling device W eatherehield ueembly

11rreaular diameter. 2Width acrou handlet. 3(0eleted)

Leneth (-..lincbeo)

.

10.11/393.1 U7/l44.5

U7/144.5

1.3'1/54.0

Ul/169.5 2.27/89.3

2.27189.3

U0/165.5

UC/97.2 %.«196.0

UCI103.8

3.$7/144.5

U7/144.5 10.04/395.3

10.04/395.3

1.27/49.8

Ut/188.5

4.19/188.5

4.04/159.0

0.38114.8

1.%4/49.0

1.44/57.0

10.04/395.3

7.57/298.0

2.13/84.0

3.77/148.5

1.17/46.2

Width Height (-.finchea) ( ......,.r,ncheo)

2.«196.0 UZilii.O

UC/65.! J.71f'J0.4

UCI65.Z 1.71f'J0.4 J.ltl/42.0 1.1/42.0

U6/93.0 2.1ft/86.3

1.61165.0 I.MU

Ui/65.0 l.M2.3 2.11/83.0 2.w98.0

1.%4/49.1 J.N/'16.6 2.04/80.3 2.17/86.5 2.12/83.5 1.71/'10.3

1.64165.2 1.1tJ'I0.4

1.6CI65.Z 1.7tl'l0.(

U0/98.6 U51132

2.50/98.6 Ui/132

0.11/'1.0 0.31/12.1

%.15184.8 2.07/81.4

2.15184.8 2.07/81.4 2.15184.8 2.07181.4 0.31/12.3 0.29/11.5

1.24/49.0 J.%5150.4

o.wu.O' %.50193.6 Ui/136.0

UCI96.0 2.7/106.5

0.70128.0 o.2Q/8.o 1.03/40.5 1.16/45.6

0.18,/7.2(min) 0.32/126 0.4t/19.3(mu)

'With steel cover and rings. 1.683 kg (3,710 lb); with aluminum cover and rings, 1.527 kg (3,367 lb). $With steel cover a.nd ringo. •l,l3Z kg (9,110 lb): with aluminum cover and rings, 3,977 kg (8,767 lbl. 'With otetl covtr and rings, 890 kg (1.962 lb); with aluminum c.over and rings. 839 kg (1,850 lb). 7Wit.h stetl cover and ringe, l,llti kg (2,461 lb); with aluminum cover and ringo, !,OtiS kg (Z.349 lb). �With steel co,·er and rings, 1,680 kg (3,703 lb); with aluminum cover and rings. 1,559 kg (3,437 lbl. 'With stet! cover and rings. 3,322 kg (7,323 lbl: with aluminum cover and rings, 3,201 kg (7,057 lb).

1-4

Cl

Weight (kl/pounda)

Utt11U97 ·-· ..J

1821842 S,ISI/6,946

-· _,

2,N7/U13

1,4tll3.291

2.057/4,5lW 2.1W4,840 _. -·

USZ/15,106

7,2105115,885

11.2124.6

1,331/5,139 %,104/5,742

2,55615,657

11.3/25

142/3t'

33.Sf74

7,776/17,121

7,556/16,966

11140

224.i/495

24.44153.9

Diglt1zed by Google

C::1 TM 9-1425-314-14

Section Ill. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

1 -7. Safety Precautions. a. All blocking and bracing operations shall be

in accordance with the specific.ations contained herein, and shali be accomplished with the highest standard of workmanship.

b. Exercise extreme care during loading and unloading operations to avoid marring the painted surfaces on equipment. and to avoid tearing or destroying tags and placards.

c. Except as otherwise noted, and provided no safety requirements are violated, the sequence of procedures in this manual may be changed by the using organization to facilitate operations.

d. Every precaution against fire must be ob­served. Inspe�t equipment to insure that fire haz­ards are not present. Refer to TM 9-1300-206 for additional information.

·X&

1 -8. Special Storage Provisions.

a. Directiona� Loading. All test stations, shop sets, and missile section containers must be loaded longitudinally. There are no other loading restric­tions.

b. Environmental Conditions. Humidity indica­tors in the components of the PERSHING la sys­tem must be inspected at regular intervals during storage.

c. Press·ure Conditions. Pressure differences may cause the ends of the missile section con­tainers to collapse when the containers are trans­ported to locations of lower altitude in excess of 2,000 feet.

( c�ur!<?�J To prevent excessive moisture from en­tering container, do not remove pressure release plug from container or do not open valve for longer than a few min­utes at a time. When variations in altitude are to be experienced during transportation by surface vehicle, or in all cases by aircraft, remove plug or open valve during entire time. Failure to do so will prevent the internal pres­sure from equalizing with varying at­mospheric pressures during changes in altitude. The resultant changes in pres­sure may cause serious damage to end covers and seals of container. After re­moving plug before loading for trans­portation under above conditions, secure plug to akin of container with pressure­sensitive tape. Cover open port of con­tainer with several layers of gauze and secure gauze with pressure-sensitive tape. Do not place any tape over open port. During a prolonged stop, or after unloading container from transporting vehicle at final destination, remove gauze and tape from port and reinstall pressure release plug, or close valve.

d. Preservation. Material may become un­serviceable if not protected during transit and storage. Cleaning, application of preservatives, and protection from moisture are therefore essential. Components of the weapon system shall be pre­served in accordance with TM 38-230-1 and TM 38-230-2. Explosive items shall be preserved in ac­cordance with TM 9-1300-206.

e. Condition Code. Unless otherwise directed, correct all equipment deficiencies noted during the

TM 9-1425-384-14 prestorage inspection.· If the equipment is to be stored without correction of deficiencies, list those deficiencies in the equipment rt.>eord book along with the equipment condition code number. Refer to AR 725-50 for seldom-used condition codes J through M and for a complete definition of all codes. Equipment condition codes A through H are listed below:

(1) Condition code A: Serviceable (issuable without qualification)

(2) Condition code B: Serviceable (issuable with qualification)

(3) Condition code C: Serviceable (priority issue)

(4) C o n d i t i o n c o d e D: S e r v i c e a b l e (test/modification)

(5) Condition code E: Unserviceable (limited restoration)

(6) Condition code F : Unserviceable (reparable)

(7) Condition code G: Unserviceable (in­complete)

(8) Condition code H: Unserviceable (con­demned)

f StenciL�. After preservation procedures are completed, perform stenciling procedures as pre­scribed in (1) and (2) below.

(1) Select a panel of weather-resistant fiberboard, or equivalent.

(2) Using white paint (item 25, table B-1), or equivalent, and letters not less than 1-1/2 inch­es high, stencil the following:

Contents Organization Condition code Date placed in storage Location of logbook Storage expiration data

g. Covered Storage. Whenever possible, compo­nents of the weapon system shall be stored in buildings or sheds. Smaller items may be stored in the programmer-test station (PTS), system com­ponents test station (SCTS), or shop sets.

1-9. Packaging Materials.

Packaging materials used for the weapon system shall conform to the requirements prescribed in CTA 50-970. Commonly used processing and pack­aging materials are listed in appendix B. Under field conditions, wooden boxes and crates will not be stocked, but will be fabricated as needed. Ap­pendix B is not intended to establish a field re­quirement for all items listed. Steel strapping and

1-5 Diglt1zed by Google

..-@f'fBt

TM9-1425-384-14

tools required to perform the strapping procedure are available in the preservation and packaging shop. The procedures will be performed by DS personnel.

1-1 0. Loading Methods.

I WARNING I • Do not shorten slings when lifting shel­

ters.

• Do not lift crated shelter with tactical sling or by the lifting eyes. Build crate around shelter or use a sling with spreader bano.

a. Crane. All components of the missile system may be loaded with a crane of sufficient capacity. This type of loading is preferred, since it allows loading from almost any direction. Reusable con­tainers are provided with permanently installed lifting rings. Test stations and other major com­ponents that are shipped unpackaged have lifting rings installed or rings that may be installed with­out tools. Lifting slings are provided for all major components. Palletized loads of minor items may be lifted with conventional equipment furnished with the crane. Refer to TM 9-1450-38Q.14 for the safe load limits of the 5-ton wrecker.

b. Forklift. Some components of the system may be loaded with a forklift. Care must be used to select a forklift of sufficient capacity to lift the intended load. Shipping weights of the com­ponents are listed in table 1-2. The forklift shall

1-6

be used only if the item can be loaded on the vehicle from the side. Loading from the end re­quires that the load be turned to achieve the pro­per direction of travel. Items that cannot be han­dled with a forklift are indicated by mar.kings on the equipment.

c. Ramp. Mobile components of the system nor­mally require that ramps be used for loading and unloading.

d. Short·Distance Towing. Body section con­tainers, test stations, and the power station, are provided with spark-free skids. These skids allow the equipment to be towed short distances over relatively smooth surfaces. All components that can be towed are provided with towing eyes or tow bars. The PTS, power station (PS), and radio terminal set (RTS) are equipped for attaching the dolly set to them, and may be towed with the dolly set in place.

1-1 1 . Surveillance.

When components of the missile system are placed in storage, they shall be inspected once a month for obvious damage to the equipment or the pres­ervative materials. The stored items shall also be inspected for damage after any exceptional en­vironmental event, such as high winds or dust storms.

1·12. Preparation for Shipment. Before certain items of the missile system are shipped, they require special packing or crating procedures to prevent their being damaged during shipment. Information pertaining to fabrication of crates is included in chapter 4, where necessary.

Diglt1zed by Google

TM 9·1425·384-14

CHAPTER 2

ADMINISTRA liVE STORAGE

Section I. GENERAL

2-1. Definition. Administrative storage is the placement by a unit of its organic equipment in a limited care and preservative status, in accordance with the main­tenance manuals applicable to such equipment, for· short periods of time.

2-2. Duration of Storage.

Equipment such as the PTS, PS, and SCTS will not remain continuously in administrative storage for periods in excess of 6 months without being inspected and exercised or operated in accordance with pertinent equipment maintenance manuals. Upon completion of periodic (6-month maximum) inspection, exercise/operation, the condition of the equipment will be evaluated and any deficiencies noted will be corrected. If equipment is to be returned to administrative storage, all procedures for preparing the equipment will be repeated.

2-3. Preparation of Equipment for

Administrative Storage. Before equipment is placed in administrative stor· age, the next scheduled major preventive­maintenance service will be performed. All MWO's with priority classifications of "urgent" and "urgent with limitations" will be applied.

2-4. Care of Equipment in Administrative Storage.

lL When equipment is placed in administrative storage, the performance of all regularly sched­uled preventive-maintenance services will be sus­pended.

b. Maintenance records required by TM 740·90-1 and/or TM 38-750 will be maintained on equip-

ment in storage, and reports will be submitted in accordance with TM 38-750.

c. On items for which no logbook is required by TM 38-750, inspection and maintenance records are maintained on DA Form 2404 by organiza· tional or OS maintenance personnel.

2-5. Removal of Equipment from Administrative Storage.

Equipment removed from administrative storage will be:

11. Restored to normal operating condition in ac­cordance with pertinent equipment technical man· uals.

b. Subjected to an operational test or next scheduled preventive-maintenance service.

c. Repaired as required.

2-6. Equipment Maintenance and/or Exercise.

During periodic (6-month maximum) removal of equipment from administrative storage, all preventive-maintenance services prescribed by pertinent technical manuals will be performed. The equipment will also be exercised or operated, as appropriate, upon removal from administrative storage.

2-7. Return of Equipment to Administrotive Storoge.

Before equipment is returned to administrative storage, insure that items listed in paragraph 2-5

·have been accomplished. tn addition, insure that all MWO's with priority classifications of "urgent" and "urgent with limitations" have been applied.

Section II. PROGRAMMER-TEST STATION

2-8. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the PTS in administrative storage, for preserving it, and for processing it after stor· age. ln addition, procedures for continued storage are included. For additional information on the PTS, refer to TM 9·1427-380-12/L

Note

Refer to paragraph 1·3 for security classification of the PTS.

2·9. Prestorage Procedure.

ct. Services. Inspect equipment logbook for date of last monthly preventh•e-maintenance service. If

TM9-1425-384-14 2 weeks have elapsed since date of last mont-hly service, perform these services before placing PTS in administrative storage (TM 9-1427-380-12/1). Refer air conditioners t-o Corps of Engineers per­sonnel for administrative storage.

b. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers and drawers. Secure all equipment in proper locations.

c. Reoords. Record all current information in PTS logbook. lC applicable, record condition code (par. 1-&). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item l, table B-1) and secure bag t-o inside of personnel door with tape (item 33, table B-1).

d. Storage Site. Select st-orage site for PTS t-o provide as much prot-ection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The st-orage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Durmaqe. Obtain three pieces of lumber 4 inches x 4 inches x 8 feet, or equivalent. At the st-orage site, place two pieces laterally 0.15 meter (6 inches) back from each end of PTS, and one piece in center. Seeure three pieces together with suitable dunnage. Block dunnage as necessary t-o provide a level platform. Install PTS on platform so that only skids bear t-otal weight of equipment.

2-1 0. Preservation.

a. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of personnel door and exterior covers. Close and secure exterior covers.

b. Install all connect-or covers on their respec· tive connect-ors and seal with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Cover cable entry panels, vents, air condi­tioner intake and drain hole, and breather hole with fiberboard (item 15, table B·l) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1). Cover fiberboard with barrier material (item 5, table B·l) and secure barrier material in place with tape (item 33, table B·l).

d. Remove batteries from hand lantern and return them to supply.

e. Remove humidity indicator panel plate from right interior wall near the rear (TM 9-1427-380-12/1). Wrap plate and screws in harrier material (item 7, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 37, table B-1). Secure packaged plate and screws w right interior wall with tape (item 37, table B-1).

f Place a three-spot humidity indicator card litem 19, table B-1) inside PTS for a 30-minute

2-2

period w determine humidity indication. The PI'S should be relatively free of moisture (relative hu­midity of 40 percent or lesa) prior t-o being sealed. Operate heater if necessary w lower the humidity.

g. Place a 3&- x 54-inch piece of barrier ma­terial (item 7, table B-1) on floor of PTS. Just prior w sealing PTS, evenly distribute 720 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier rna· terial.

h. Close and secure personnel door. Seal per­sonnel and emergency access doors and exterior covers with tape (item 33, table B-1).

i. Apply DA Label 17 (desiccant data) w per­sonnel door.

j. St-ore two ladders for PTS on PTS/PS vehi­cle, and secure with tiedown straps provided on vehicle.

lc. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-&f) and secure panel w a front tiedown ring on PTS.

2·1 1 . Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the PTS is to be removed from st-orage, perform procedures in b and c below. If st-orage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. If st-orage is w be ex­tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove tape and barrier material from

exterior of PTS. Remove tape from connector cov-ers.

(2) Remove and discard marking panel and desiccant label.

(3) Remove desiccant from floor of PTS. (4) Unpackage and clean any equipment

st-ored and blocked within PTS.

(5) Clean interior and exterior of PTS.

c. Record.� und Services. (1) Inspect equipment logbook taped on per­

sonnel door t-o determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior w st-orage. Correct any existing deli-. ClenCICS.

(2) Perform daily preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1427-380-1211 for PTS.

(3) Inspect logbook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance service. If this service was not performed just prior w placing PTS in storage, perform monthly preventive-maintenance service.

(4) Refer w TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration and for calibration inter­val. Request DS personnel to perform maintenance calibration procedures if required.

Diglt1zed by Google

d. Swroge Li·mits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The PTS

may be returned to storage for an additional 9(). day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove tape from personnel door and remove desiccant from PTS.

(b) Place humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside the PTS for a period of 30 minutes. If humidity indication is 40 percent or less, evenly distribute 720 units of fresh desiccant (item 13. table B-1) on barrier material on floor. If humidity indication is higher than 40 percent, operate heater to lower the humidity before ad­ding fresh desiccant.

(c) Revise logbook taped to inside of per­sonnel door to reflect extended storage date: return logbook to bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure in position with tape (item 33, table B-1).

TM 9-1425-314-14 (d) Reseal personnel door with tape (item

35, table B-1).

(e) Revise marking panel and desiccant label to reflect extended storage date.

(2) At the end of the second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance serv1ces prescribed in TM 9-1427-380-12/1.

Nolo The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per­forming the monthly schedule of preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed fn TM 9-1427-380-12/1. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-10 after preventive­maintenance services have been per­formed.

Section Ill. MISSILE SECTION HOISTING BEAMS 2-12. General. This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the hoisting beams in adminis­

' trative storage, for preserving them, and for pro­' cessing them after storage. 1n addition, procedures

for continued storage are included. The procedures are applicable for the first and second stage hoist­ing beams and the guidance section hoisting beam. For additional information on the hoisting beams, refer to TM 9-1450-380-14.

2-13. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform monthly preventive­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14 before placing hoisting beams in administrative storage.

b. RecorcUI. Record all current information in hoisting beam logbook. If applicable, record con­dition code (par. 1-Se). Insert logbook in water­proof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure it to spreader beam of first stage hoisting beam with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Co11trol.�. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, rotate ball stud fittings to horizontal po&ition.

d. Storoge Site. Select storage site for hoisting beams to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage � by moving vehicles, and damage from elements.

, The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Du.nnage. Obtain wooden pallets, or equiv­alent, to provide a platform for hoisting beams at least 0.2 meter {8 inches) above ground.

2-14. Preservation. a. Remove channel beams and spreader beams

from forward and rear frames of first and second stage hoisting beams (TM 9·1450-380-14).

b. Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to ball lock­pins, ball studs, and to adjusting screws and wheels of roller assemblies. Cover preserved sur­faces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape {item 35, table B-1). Secure roller assemblies in stored po&ition with ball lockpins.

c. Remove spreader beam from forward and rear sections of guidance section hoisting beam {TM 9-1450-380-14).

d. Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to ball lock­pins and ball studs. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-ll and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1). Seal openings of spreader beam (tube) with tape (item 33, table B-1).

e. Compactly arrange components of hoisting beams on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between steel strap­ping and components, and barrier material (item 5, table B-1) between components and dunnage.

• k

TM 9-1425-384-14

f Cover hoisting beam components with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

g. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-8}) and secure panel to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

2-1 5. Post Storage Processing.

a, GeneraL If the hoisting beams are to be re­moved from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(1) below. If storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove and discard marking panel.

(2) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, tape, and preservative from components of hoisting beams.

(3) Assemble and clean hoisting beams (TM 9-1450-380-14).

c. &cards and Services.

(l) Inspect equipment logbook taped on spreader beam of first stage hoisting beam to de­termine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) P e rf o r m m o n t h I y p r e v e n t i v e ­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14.

d. Storage Limits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The hoist­

ing beams may be returned to storage for an ad­ditional 90-day period after being processed as fol­lows:

(a) Remove tarpaulin from hoisting beams and remove barrier material from compo­nents.

(b) Inspect machined surfaces for signs of corrosion. ]( necessary. clean surfaces and re­move corrosion (TM 9-1450-380-14); then apply grease (item 16, table B-1).

(c) Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(d) Revise logbook taped to spreader beam of first stage hoisting beam to reflect ex­tended storage date; return logbook to bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure in position with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(e) Arrange components in same way as originally arranged and secure to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between steel strap­ping and components, and barrier material (item 5, table B-1) between components and dunnage.

(fJ Cover hoisting beam components with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

(g) Revise marking panel to reflect ex­tended storage date.

(2) At the end of the second 90-day st�rage period, perform preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14.

Note The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per­forming the annual schedule of preventive-maintenance services (load test) prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14. If the load test has been performed within 1 year, it need not be repeated until the annual test is due. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in para­graph 2-14 after preventive-maintenance services have been performed.

Section IV. DOLLY SET AND ADAPTER UNITS

2·16. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the dolly set and adapters in ad­ministrative storage, for preserving them, and for processing them after storage. In addition, pro­cedures for continued storage are included. For additional information on the dolly set and adapt­ers, refer to TM 9-1450-380-14.

2-17. Presto rage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform the dolly set daily preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM

9-1450-380-14. Inspect the equipment logbook for the date of the last monthly preventive­maintenance service. If 2 weeks have elapsed since the date of the last monthly service, perform these services and inspections before placing the dolly set in storage.

b. Records. Record all current information in the dolly set logbook. If applicable, record the con· dition code (par. 1-Se). Insert the logbook in wa- � terproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure the � bag to the tow bar with tape (item 33, table B-1).

Dig111zed by Google

I

c. Storage Site. Select the storage site for the dolly set to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from the ele· ments. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

d. Dunnaue.

(1) Obtain two pieces of lumber 1 inch x 4 inches x 40 inches, or equivalent. With the lumber separating mount bracket assemblies, bolt the front axle assembly to the rear axle assembly. Place barrier material (i tern 5, table B-1) between the wood blocking and the metal parts.

(2) On firm terrain, store the dolly set on its wheels. Chock each wheel, front and back, and secure the chocks together with suitable dunnage.

(3) On soft terrain, or when a thaw, or alternately a freeze and a thaw are expected, block the dolly

· set with suitable dunnage so that the

wheels are at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above the ground.

2-18. Preservation.

a. Insure that hydraulic pressure is relieved.

b. Install pump handles and eyebolts in their storage clips and secure with tape (item 37, table B-1).

c. Apply grease (item 16. table B-1) to ball lock· pins. Cover pins with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

d. Apply grease (item 18, table B-1) to machin­ed surfaces, such as hydraulic cylinder piston rods. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier ma­terial (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

e. Install tow bar in upright position and secure it to front axle assembly with wire (item 39, table B-1).

f Stencil marking panel (par. 1-8.1) and secure panel to front axle assembly.

g. If threaded plugs are stored in storage brack­ets on adapter units, secure them in place using tape (item 33, table B·1) over bracket and around adapter unit vertical frame member.

h. Store adapter units on dunnage under, or near, dolly set.

2-19. Post Storage Processing. a. General. If the dolly set and adapter units

are to be removed from storage, J>Crform proce·

TM 9· 1425·384-14

dures in b and c below. If storage is to he extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(1) below. If stcrage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Clem•ing.

(1) Remove tape, barrier material, and pres-ervative from dolly set.

(2) Remove tape from adapter units.

(3) Remove and discard marking panel. (4) Remove wire from tow bar and lower it

to ground.

(5) Remove lumber between mount bracket assemblies.

(6) Clean dolly set.

c. Records and Services.

(1) Inspect e((Uipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform daily preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14.

(3) Inspect logbook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance service. If this service was not performed just prior to placing the dolly set in storage, perform the monthly preventive­maintenance service.

d. Storage L-imits.

(1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The dolly set and adapter units may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being pro­cessed as follows:

(a) R�move barrier material from com­ponents.

(b) Inspect machined surfaces for signs of corrosion. If necessary clean surfaces and re­move corrosion (TM 9-1450-380-14); then apply grease (item 18, table B-1).

(c) Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1).

(d) Revise logbook taped to tow bar to reflect extended storage date; return logbook to waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure in position with tape (item 3.1, table B-1).

(e) Revise marking panel to reflect ex­tended storage date.

(2) At the end of the second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9·1450-380-14. If storage is to he continued. perform procedures in paragraph 2-18.

TM9·1425-384-14

Section V. AZIMUTH LAYING SET AND EQUIPMENT USED WITH AZIMUTH LAYING SET

2-20. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the azimuth laying set and the equipment used with it in administrative storage. Procedures for preserving the items for storage and for processing them after storage are also included. For additional information on the az. imuth laying set and th!l equipment used with it, refer to TM 9-143()..3�14.

2-2 1 . Prestorage Procedure. a. Services. Perform preventive-maintenance

services llrescribed in TM 9-1430-383-14 for items listed below.

Azimuth laying set: daily schedule Diagnostic prism set: monthly schedule Missile window weather shield assembly:

weekly schedule.

b . . Rec:ord.�. Record all current information in the logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. l·Se). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item l, table B-1) and secure bag to side of RA con· tainer with tape (item 33, table B-1).

Not• One logbook is used for the azimuth lay­ing set. If a complete set is being stored, the logbook is �ured to the reference assembly container as prescribed in paragraph b above. If only a portion of the set is being stored, request instruc­tions from the OIC.

c. Storage Site. Select storage site for equip· ment to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage. accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

d. Dt�nnage. Obtain wooden pallet.�. or equiv· alent, to provide a platform to h>i!p equipment at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

2-22. Preservation. a. Geneml. Procedures for preservation of the

azimuth laying set are prescribed in b through e below. Procedures for equipment used with the azimuth laying set are prescribed in f through j below.

2-6

b. Reference Assembly. Insure that reference assembly (RA) is secured in container with re­taining clamps, and that container interior is dry.

(1) Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on con· tainer gasket.

f CAUTION) Do not position desiccant so that it makes direct contact with equipment in container.

(2) Place 30 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) in container. Use barrier paper and tape (items 5 and 35, table B-1) as required to prevent desiccant from moving and contacting equipment in container.

(3) Place three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) in container.

( 4) Install cover and secure with latches.

(5) Seal container with tape (item 35, table B-1). Do not tape pressure relief valve.

(6) Install container(s) on dunnage and secure with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1 ). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between strapping and container(s).

(7) Stencil marking panel (par. 1-llf) and l secure panel to dunnage or container in a con· spicuous location.

c. Electron-ic Unit and Control Unit. The elec· tronic unit, control unit, and three cable assem· blies are stored together in a container. Preser· vation procedures are the same as for the RA (par. b above), except that 22 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) are placed in the container.

d. 1'1'ipod and TmnslMing A rlli. The tripod. translating arm, two headset-microphone assem· blies, and two emplacement chains (in a bag) are stored together in a container. Preservation pro­cedures are the same as for the RA (par. b above), including the quantity of desiccant.

e. ARU Shelter As.�embly. The components of the ARU shelter assembly are normally st�red in two canvas containers.

(1) Open shelter fabric container and unfold fabric.

(2) Remove dirt from fabric and slide fastener teeth with wire scratch brush (item 10, ,41 table B·l) or equivalent. Brush thoroughly, but. lightly, to avoid damaging fabric.

Diglt1zed by Google

(3) Apply lubricant (item 2.'�, table B-1) or equivalent to slide fastener teeth; close all slide fasteners.

J (4) Insure that fabric is dry and that three poles are in good condition; then fold and roll it to fit in canvas container.

(5) Secure container around fabric.

(6) Open shelter frame container and check left and right pole assemblies, and center roof pole for good condition; clean as necP.ssary.

(7) Check two bags stored in container for 12 tent pins and 4 guy lines each. Insure that pins and lines are clean and dry.

(8) Place pin bags between pole assemblies and secure container around bags and pole as­semblies. If containers are to be stored inside, pro­ceed to (12) below.

Note It is recommended that the two canvas containers be stored indoors; however, if space is not available, the containers may be stored outside, providing pro­cedures in (9) through (12) below are performed.

(9) Wrap each container in barrier material � (item 2, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 35, I' table B-1).

(10) Place containers on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between strapping and wrapped containers.

(11) Cover containers with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

(12) Stencil marking panel (par. 1-S.f) and secure to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

f Dia{lJWstic Pris1n Assembly.

(1) Remove dust from optical surfaces with camel hair brush (item 9, table B-1). Remove for­eign matter by breathing on surfaces and wiping dry with lens paper (item 26, table B-1) moistened with trichloroethane (item 38, table B-1).

(2) Brush or wipe dirt and dust from metal parts.

(3) Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) to con· tainer gasket; place prism assembly in container and secure cover with latches.

(4) Seal container with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(5) Stencil marking panel (par. 1·&/) and secure panel t.o container with tape (item 35, table 8-1).

TM9-1425·384-14

g. Tripod 1'2. (1) Brush or wipe dirt and dust from tripod. (2) Inspect accessory case for plumb bob as­

sembly and tripod wrench.

(3) Wrap tripod in barrier material (item 2, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 35, table B-1). If tripod is to be stored indoors, proceed to (6) below.

Note lt is recommended that tl. . 1(s) be stored indoors; however, if space is not available, the tripod(s) may be stored outside, providing procedures in (4) through (6) below arc performed.

(4) Place tripod(s) on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between strapping and tripod(s).

(5) Cover tripod(s) with tarpaulin, or equiv­alent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

(6) Stencil marking 11anel (par. 1-B.f) and secure to dunnage in a conspicuous rlace.

h. S1�nshield Tent Assembly. . :1t components of the sunshield tent assembly are normally stored in a canvas shipping and storage bag.

(1) Open bag and unfold fabric. (2) Remove dirt from fabric and slide

fastener teeth with wire scratch brush (item 10, table B-1) or equivalent. Brush thoroughly, but lightly, to avoid damaging fabric.

(3) Apply lubricant (item 23, table B-1) or equivalent to slide fastener teeth; close all slide fasteners.

( 4) Insure that fabric and guy lines are dry and that four poles are in good condition.

(5) Check 16 metal tent pins and 8 wood tent pins for good condition.

(6) Roll fabric and place fabric, tent pins, and poles in shipping and storage bag. lf bag(s) is to be stored indoors, proceed to (10) below.

Note It is recommended that the sunshield tent assembly be stored indoors; how­ever, if space is not available, the as­sembly (or assemblies) may be stored outside, providing procedures in (7) through (10) below are performed.

(7) Wrap shipping and storage bag in barrier material (item 2, table B-1) and seal with tape ( item 35, table B-1).

1'M 9-1425-384-14

(8) Place shipping and storage bag(s) on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strap­ping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between strapping and bag(s).

(9) Cover bag(s) with tarpaulin, or equiva­lent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

(10) Stencil marking panel (par. 1·8}) and secure to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

i. Mi.�sile Window Weather Shield Assembly. The missile window weather shield consists of the weather shield and the weather shield assembly. Refer to (1) through (9) below for procedures for preserving the weather shield assembly. Refer to (10) and (ll) below for procedures for preserving the weather shield.

(1) Remove dirt from canvas adapters with wire scratch brush (item 10, table B-1) or equiv­alent. Brush thoroughly, but lightly, to avoid dam· aging fabric.

(2) Brush or wipe dirt from metal surfaces. (3) Move supports to storage p<l6ition and

secure them to duct with ball lockpins. (4) Rotate two duct supports parallel to lon­

gitudinal axis of duct; secure supports in this posi­tion by routing tiedown straps over supports and under duct and attaching hook to opposite support.

(5) Tuck forward canvas adapter inside duct and pull rear canvas adapter over duct toward forward adapter.

(6) Wrap weather shield assembly in barrier material (item 2, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 35, table B-1). If assembly is to be stored indoors, proceed to (9) below.

Note It is recommended that the weather shield assembly be stored indoors; how­ever, if "space is not available, the as­sembly may be stored outside, providing procedures in (7) through (9) below are performed.

(7) Place weather shield assembly (or assem­blies) on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between strapping and assembly (or assemblies).

(8) Cover assembly (or assemblies) with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

(9) Stencil marking panel (par. 1-8.1) and secure panel to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

(10) Brush or wipe dirt from weather shield. (11) Perform procedures in (6) through (9)

above for weather shield.

j. Digit(ll Encoder, Electr<Fnic Control Unit, Gyro Reference Unit and A utom-<ttic Optiro.l !-ink. Refer to TM 746-2.'H for procedures pertaining to preservation of spare DE's, ECU's, GRU's, and AOL's. Refer to TM 9-4935-385-14-5 for procedures pertaining to pressurizing the AOL container.

2-23. Po$t Storage Processing.

a .. General. If the azimuth laying set and/or equipment used with the azimuth laying set are to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. lf storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(1) below. lf storage is to be· extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove and discard marking paneL (2) Remove steel strapping, barrier material

and tape from equipment. (3) Open containers and remove desiccant. I (4) Clean equipment as prescribed in TM 9·

1430-383-14.

c. Records and Service.�.

(1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform procedures for services upon receipt for items as prescribed in TM 9-1430-383-14.

d. Stomge Limits.

(1) Storage is limited to 90 days. Equipment may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove steel strapping, barrier ma­terial and tape from equipment.

(b) Open containers and remove desic-cant.

(c) Inspect machined surfaces for signs of corrosion. 1f necessary, clean surfaces and re­move corrosion (TM 9-1430-383-14).

Diglt1zed by Google

�I

(d) Revise logbook to reflect extended stor-age date and then preserve items as prescribed 1 in paragraph 2-22. ' (2) At the end of the second 90-day storage period, perform procedures !or services upon receipt for items as prescribed in TM 9-1430-383-14.

TM9·1425-314-14

Note

The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per• forming the diagnostic and verification test (TM 9-1427-38Q-12/2) as part o! schedule of services upon receipt o! the azimuth laying set.

2-24. General.

Section VI. POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

2-26. Preservation. This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the power distribution system (PDS) in administrative storage, for preserving it, and for processing it after storage. In addition, procedur-es for continued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the PDS, including a description of the components that comprise this equipment, refer to TM 9-1430-

�14. The cable reeling machine, used in con­junction with the PDS, is mounted on modified trailer M105A2. Procedures pertaining to the trail­er are contained in TM 9-2330-213-14.

2·25. Prntorage Procedure. .. a. Services. Perform PDS monthly preventive­, maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1430-380-

14. Inspect equipment logbook !or the date of last semiannual preventive-maintenance servic�. I! 3 weeks have elapsed since date of last semiannual services, perform these services before placing PDS in administrative storage.

b. Records. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se). Insert equipment logbook in wa­terproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure en­velope to front of modified trailer M105A2 with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls in the OFF or neutral position. Close and secure equip­ment case covers and connector covers. Secure all equipment in proper locations.

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for the PDS to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have, a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dunnage. Obtain wooden pallets, or equiv-alent, to provide a platform for PDS at least 0.2 .. !De�r (8 inches) above the ground. Th� �able r�el­, tng machine is stored as part of modtfled tratler

' M10SA2.

a. Insure that all connector covers are secure. b. Seal a l l cable connectors, ends of

conditioned-air duct, ends of airhose, and equip­ment cases with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to machin­ed surfaces of cable reeling machine. Cover pre­served surfaces with barrier material (item 5, ta­ble B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

d. Compactly arrange PDS components on dun­nage and cover them with a tarpaulin, or equiv­alent. Secure tarpaulin to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

e. Cover cable reeling machine with bows and canvas top provided with modified trailer M105A2.

f. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-at) and secure panel to front of modified trailer M105A2.

2-27. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. I! PDS is to be removed from stor· age, perform procedures in b and c below. If stor­age is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(1) below. I! storage is to be ex· tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning.

(ll Remove and discard marking panel. (2) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, pres­

ervative, and tape from PDS. (3) Unpackage and clean any equipment

stored with PDS. (4) Clean cables as prescribed in TM 9-1430-

380-14. c. Records and Services.

(1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any. existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) P e r C o r m m o n t h I y p r e v e n t i v e ­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1430-380-14.

(3) Inspect logbook for date of last semi· annual preventive-maintenance services. If these services were not performed immediately before PDS was placed in storage, perform semiannual preventive-maintenance services.

TM 9-1425·384- 14

d. Srorage Limits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The PDS

may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove tarpaulin and tape from PDS.

(b) Inspect machined surfaces of cable reeling machine for corrosion. If necessary, clean surfaces, remove corrosion, and apply grease (item

16, table B-1). Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(c) Revise logbook and marking panel to reflect storage extension date.

(2) At end of the second 90-day storage pe­riod, perform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-1430-380-14. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-26.

Section VII. SHOP SETS

2-28. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the shop sets in administrative stor­age, for preserving them, and for processing them after storage. In addition, procedures for con­tinued administrative storage are included. There are five sets: mechanical repair, electrical repair, supply office, preservation and packaging, and re­pair parts Type II. The shop sets are similar in configuration, except that the repair part shop set is not equipped with an air conditioner. To avoid repetition, only the procedures for processing the mechanical repair shop set are given; however, the procedures generally apply to all shop sets. For additional information on the shop sets, refer to TM 9-1425-382-34 and TM 9-142'7-381-14. For dis­position of repair parts that may be stored in the repair parts shop set, refer to AR 710-2.

2-29. Prestorage Procedure. a. Services. Per.form daily and weekly

preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1425-382-34 or TM 9-1427-381-14. Process air con­ditioners for administrative storage as prescribed in TM 5-4120-222-14 and TM 9-4120-2'74·15. Inspect equipment logbook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance services. If 2 weeks have elapsed since date of last monthly services, per­form these services to determine condition of shop sets.

b. Records. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se). Place logbook in its storage draw· er in shop set.

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers. and drawers. Secure all equipment in prope•· locations.

d. Sto1'U{Ie Site. Select storage site for shop sets to provide· as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by movmg vehicles, and damage from the elements.

2-10

The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dunnage. Obtain three pieces of lumber 4 inches x 4 inches x 8 feet, or equivalent. At the storage site, place two pieces laterally 0.15 meter (6 inches) back from each end of shop set, and one piece in center. Secure the three pieces to­gether with suitable dunnage. Block dunnage as necessary to provide a level platform. Install shop set on platform so that only skids bear total weight of equipment.

2-30. Preservation.

a. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of personnel door and exterior covers. Close and secure exterior covers.

b. Cover cable entry panel and air conditioner vents with fiberboard (item 15, table B-1). Cover fiberboard with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure barrier material with tape (item 33, table B-1). Cover open end of drain hole with tape.

c. Remove batteries from emergency light and return them to supply.

d. Remove humidity indicator panel access cov­er from rear interior wall (TM 9-1450-382-34). Wrap cover, screws, and washers in barrier ma· terial (item 7, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 37, table B-1). Secure packaged cover and hard­ware on rear interior wall with tape (item 37, table B-1).

e. Place a three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside shop set for a 30-minute period to determine humidity indication. The shop set should be relatively free of moisture (relative humidity of 40 percent or less) prior to being seal· ed. Operate heater, if necessary, to lower the hu· midity.

f. Place a 36- x 54-inch piece of barrier material (item 5, table B-1) on floor of shop set. Just prior to sealing shop set, evenly distribute 1,500 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier rna· � terial. �

Diglt1zed by Google

g. Close and secure personnel door. Seal per­sonnel door and exterior covers with tape (item 33, table B-1).

h. Apply DA Label 17 (desiccant data) to per­sonnel door.

i. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-&/) and secure panel to a front tiedown ring on shop set.

2-31 . Post Storage Processing.

a. Genmul. It the shop set is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c be­low. [{ storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in tl(l) below. lf storage is to be extended beyond 180 days. refer to d(2) be­low.

b. Cliiimin(J.

(1) Remove tape and barrier material from exterior of shop set.

(2) Remove and discard marking panel and desiccant label.

(3) Remove desiccant from floor of shop set. (4) Unpackage and clean any equipment

stored and blocked within shop set. (5) Clean interior and exterior of shop set. (6) Install new batteries in emergency light.

c. Rcco-rdM muJ. Services. (1) inspect equipment logbook to determine

what deficiencies, if any, existL>d prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform daily and weekly preventive­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1425-382-34 or TM 9-1427-381-14.

TM 9·1425-384-14

(3) Inspect logbook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance services. If these services were not performed immediately before shop set was placed i n storage, perform monthly preventive-maintenance services.

d. Stomge Lin�its. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The shop

set may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(<t) Remove tape from personnel door and remove desiccant from shop set floor.

(b) Place three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside shop set for a 30-minute period.

(c) If relative humidity is 40 percent or less, evenly distribute 1,500 units of fresh des­iccant on barrier material on floor. lf relative hu­midity is above 40 percent, use heater to lower the humidity; then add fresh desiccant.

(tl) Revise logbook to reflect storage ex­tension date, and return it to storage drawer.

(e) Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) to rub­ber gaskets of personnel door. Reseal personnel door with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(f) Revise marking panel to reflect stor­age extension date.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period, j)erform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-1430-383-14. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-30.

Section VIII. GUIDANCE SECTION BLANKET

2-32. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the guidance section blanket in ad­ministrative storage, for preserving it, and for pro­cessing it after storage. In addition, procedures for continued administrative storage are includt.>d. The blanket may be stored in a container designed for shipping and storage, or it may be stored in a guidance section container. If the blanket is stored in the guidance sto.ction container some pro­cedures, such as placing desiccant in the contain­er, sealing the contjliner, and using steel strap­ping, may be omitted. For additional information on the blanket, refer to TM 9-1450-380-14.

2-33. Prestorage Procedure.

� a. Serv·ices. Perform monthly preventive­

, maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14 to determine condition of blanket.

b. Rewrd.s. Record all current information in electric blanket logbook. If applicable, record con­dition code (par. 1-Se). Insert logbook in envelope (item 14, table B-1) and secure envelope to blanket container with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Stornge Site. Select storage site for electric blanket to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

d. Dlmnage. Obtain wooden pallet, or equiva­lent, to provide a platform for blanket at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

2-34. Preservation.

a.. Insure that blanket is thoroughly dry before storage.

b. Dust blanket with talc (item 32, table B-1).

DigitiZed by �bgle

TM 9·1425·384·14

c. Fold blanket and wrap with paper (item 27, table B·1). Secure paper with tape (item 35, table 8·1).

d. Install blanket in container and !llace 32 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) in container.

e. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) to rubber gas· ket of container cover.

J Install and secure cover on container and seal container with tape (item 33, table B-1).

g. Install container on dunnage and secure con­tainer to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) betwet>n strapping and container.

h. Stencil marking panel (par 1-S.f) and secure panel to dunnage in a conspicuous position.

2-35. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the blanket is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(1) below. If storage is to be ex­tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove steel strapping and tape from

container. (2) Open container and remove desiccant and

wrapped blanket. Remove paper and tape from blanket.

(3) Unfold blanket and brush it lightly with a soft bristle brush to remove talc.

(4) Remove and discard marking panel.

c. Record.� and se,·vices.

(l) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) P e r f o r m m o n t h I y p r e v e n t i v e -maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-380-14.

(3) Record all deficiencies in equipment logbook and correct such deficiencies.

d . . Storage Limits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The electric

blanket may be returned to storage for an ad­ditional 90-day period after being processed as fol­lows:

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period. perform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-1450-380-14. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-34.

(a) Remove steel strapping and tape from container.

(b) Open cover of container and replace desiccant with 32 units of fresh desiccant (item 13, table B-1) in each container.

(c) Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) to rub­ber gaskets of container cover. Install and secure cover on container, and seal container with tape (item 33, table B-1).

Section IX. SPECIAL TOOL SETS

2-36. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the special tool sets in adminis­trative storage, for preserving them, and for pro­cessing them after storage. In addition, procedures for continued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the special tool sets, refer to SC 4935·95-CL-A 76, SC 5180-95-CL·A45, and SC 5180-95-CL-75 through SC 5180.95-CL-A 78.

2-37. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Inspect special tool sets and their containers for obvious damage and missing items. Correct any deficiencies.

2-12

b. Recr:rrds. Record all current information in special tool sets logbook. If applicable, record con­dition code (par. 1-Se). Insert equipment logbook in envelope (item 14, table B-1) and secure en­velope to side of largest container with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Prepa.rotion. Upon completion of inspection. secure equipment in proper location.

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for special tool sets to provide ss much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Durmoge. Obtain wooden pallets, or equiv­alent, to provide a platform for special tool sets at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

Diglt1zed by Googlel

2-38. PreMrvation.

a.. Apply grease (iU!m 18, table B-1) to metal tools. Wrap all metal tools that are part of a spe­cial tool set with barrier maU!rial (iU!m 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (irem 35, table B-1).

b. Install all tools of a special tool set in con­tainer for that set and place 20 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) in each container.

c. Close and secure container covers and seal container with tape (iU!m 33, table B-1).

d. Install containers on dunnage and secure containers to dunnage with steel strapping (iU!m 31, table B-1).

e. Cover containers with a tarpaulin, or equiv­alent, and secure tarpaulin to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1 ).

f Stencil marking panel (par. 1-at) and secure panel to dunnage in a conspicuous position.

2-39. Post Storage Processing.

a. Getwrol. If special tool sets are to be re­moved from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be exU!nded beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d below. Storage may exU!nd beyond 180 days or indefinitely, provided procedures in d below are carried out at 90-day inU!rvals.

TM 9-1425-384-14

b. Cleaning. (l) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, and

-tape from containers. (2) Open containers and remove desiccant

and wrapped metal tools. Remove paper and pres­ervative from tools.

(3) Clean metal tools with cleaning solvent (iU!m 30, table B-1).

(4) Remove and discard marking panel. c. Records and Service.�. Inspect metal tools for

signs of corrosion and remove any corrosion present. Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Record all deficiencies and correct such deficien­

'cies.

d. Storage Limits. Storage is limited to 90 days. The special tool sets may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being pro­cessed as follows:

(1) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, and tape from containers.

(2) Open containers and remove wrapped metal tools. Open wrapping and inspect tools for signs of corrosion. If necessary, clean the tools and remove corrosion.

(3) Preserve items as prescribed m para­graph 2-38 above.

Section X. MISCEUANEOUS EQUIPMENT

2-40. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing missile section cradles and vehicle boarding ladders in administrative storage. When­ever possible, irems of miscellaneous equipment should be stored in covered areas or in the shop sets.

2-41. Missile Section Cradles.

a. General. (1) Inspect missile section cradles for serv­

iceability and signs of damage. Correct any defi­ciencies. Clean and paint as required (TM 43-0139).

(2) For additional information on missile section cradles, refer to TM 9-1450-380-14.

b. Storage Method.

(1) If missile section cradles are not to be stored in a covered area, store them on dunnage and cover with tarpaulin or equivalent.

(2) Secure cradles to dunnage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1).

c. Post Storage Processing. The cradles may be stored for an unlimited period. Prior to using cradles, inspect for serviceability and signs of damage. Correct any deficiencies and clean and paint as required (TM 43-0139).

2-42. Vehicle Boarding Ladders. The vehicle boarding ladders are normally stored on the PTS/PS vehicle. The ladders also may be stored in a manner similar to the cradles (par. 2-41).

Diglt1zed by 2�nogle

TM9·1425·384-14

Section XI. SYSTEM COMPONENTS TEST STATION

2-43. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the system components test station (SCTS) in administrative storage, for preserving it and for processing it after storage. In addition, procedures for continued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the SCTS, refer to TM 9-4935-385-14/l. Procedures pertaining to· van M373A2 are contained in TM 9-2330-246-14.

2-44. Prestorage Procedure. a. Services. Perform service upon receipt

preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-4935-385-1411. Process air conditioners for lim· ited storage as prescribed in TM 9-4120-225-15.

b. RecoNbl. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se). Place logbook in top right-hand drawer of workbench.

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, a�d circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers and drawers. Secure all equipment in proper location.

d. St01'(1{Je Site. Select storage site for SCTS to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dunntl(Je. Refer to TM 9-2330-246-14 for dun­nage requirements.

2-45. Preservation. a- Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber

gaskets of personnel and equipment doors. b. Install connector cover on respective connec­

tors. c.· Cover cable entry panels' and air conditioner

vents with fiberboard (item 15, table B-1). Cover fiberboard with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure barrier material with tape (item 33, table B-1). Cover open ends of drain hoses with tape.

d. Remove batteries from hand lantern and return them to supply.

e. Remove humidity indicator panel cover from rear interior wall (TM 9-49.' J5-385-14/1). Wrap cov­er and thumbscrew in barrier material (item 7, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 37, table B-1).

2-14

Secure packaged cover on rear interior wall with tape (item 37, table B-1).

f Place a three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside SCTS for a 30-minute period to determine humidity indication. The SCTS should be relatively free of moisture (relative humidity of 40 percent or less) prior to being sealed. Operate heaters if necessary to lower the humidity.

fl. Place a 36- x 54-inch piece of barrier ma­terial (item 5, table B-1) on floor of SCTS. Just prior to sealing SCTS, evenly distribute 1,500 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier ma­terial.

h. Close and secure personnel and equipment doors. Seal doors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

i. Secure access ladder. personnel ladders, lev­eling jacks, and tarpaulin in travel position under SCTS.

j. Apply DA Label 17 (desiccant data) to per­sonn'el door.

k. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-!!f) and secure panel to van.

2-46. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the SCTS is to be removed from storage. perform procedures in b and c below. lf storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d{1) below. If storage is to be ex­tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. {1) Remove tape and barrier material from

exterior of SCTS. (2) Remove and discard marking panel and

desiccant label. (3) Remove desiccant from floor of SCTS. (4) Unpackage and clean any equipment

stored and blocked within the SCTS. (5) Clean interior and exterior of SCTS.

c. RecoNUJ and Services.

(I) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform service upon receipt preventive­maintenance services as prescribed in TM 9-493&-385-14/l.

(3) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration and for calibration inter· val. RL>quest DS personnel to perform maintenance l calibration procedures if required.

Diglt1zed by Google

d. Storage Limits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The SCTS

may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove tape from one door of SCTS and remove desiccant on floor.

(b) Place a three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside the SCTS for a period of 30 minutes. If humidity indication is 40 percent or less, evenly distribute 1,500 units of fresh desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier material on floor. If humidity indication is higher than 40 percent, operate heaters to lower the hu· midity; then add fresh desiccant.

(c) Revise logbook located in top right· hand drawer of workbench to reflect extended storage date.

TM9·1425·384-14

(d) Reseal personnel door with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(e) Revise marking panel and desiccant label to reflect extended storage date.

(2) At end o{ second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-4935-335-14/1.

Note The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per· forming the SCTS acceptance test (TM 9-4935-335-14/1). If storage is to be con· tinued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-45 after acceptance test has been per­formed.

Section XII. ERECTOR-LAUNCHER AND CABLE MAST ASSEMBLY

2-47. Gen.eral.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the erector-launcher (EL) and the cable mast assembly (CMA) in administrative stor· age, for preserving them, and for processing them

after storage. In addition, procedures for con· tinued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the EL and CMA, refer to TM 9-1440-380-10, TM 9-1440-380-20, and TM 9-1440-380-34.

2-48. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform EL service upon receipt �reventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1440-38()..20.

b. Record8. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se ). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and place bag in logbook eon· tainer.

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers. Secure all equipment in proper locations. Bleed all pressure from hy· draulic system (TM 9-1440-380-20).

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for EL and CMA to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage

by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dun1UI(Je.

(1) On firm terrain, store EL on its wheels and landing gear. Chock each wheel, front and back, and secure chocks together with Sllitable dunnage.

(2) On soft terrain, or when a thaw or alternately a freeze and thaw are expected, block EL so that wheels are off ground, as follows:

{a) Obtain suitable platforms at least 0.9 meter (3 feet) square to prevent dunnage from sinking.

(b) Construct suitable dunnage on plat­forms so that EL wheels will be level and at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

(c) Install the EL on dunnage, and block landing gear as required so that EL will be ap­proximately level.

2-49. Preservation.

a. FJrectcYr-Launcher. (1) Apply talc (item 32, table B·1) on rubber

gaskets of control box.

(2) Cover headset connectors with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

Diglt1zed by C.�ogle

TM 9-1425·384-14

(3) Close and secure cover of control box and seal cover with tape (item 33, table B-1).

( 4) Install all covers on respective connectors and seal covers with·.tape (item 33, table B-1).

(5) Retract three jack assemblies to within 1/2 inch from fully retracted position, and place front jack assembly in travel position.

(6) Apply grea.�e (item 16, table B-1) to all machined surfaces of jack assemblies. Wrap ma­chined surfaces with barrier material (item 5, ta­ble B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(7) Cover jack assemblies with barrier ma­terial (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1). Allow bottom of barrier ma· terial to remain open to prevent any entrapment of water.

(8) Cover leveling sensor assembly with barrier material (item 8, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 34, table B-1). Allow bottom of material to remain open to prevent any entrap­ment of water.

(9) Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to all machined surfaces of hydraulic piston rods. Wrap machined surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(10) Apply grease (item 18, table B-1) to threaded and machined surfaces of launch pad. (Such surfaces include azimuth-ring clamp bolts, ball lockpins, and manual drive and azimuth-ring gear teeth.)

(11) Apply grease (item 18, table B-1) to threaded and machined surfaces of azimuth ring tie bars. Insure that azimuth ring tie bars are installed between booms and azimuth ring assem­bly and are secured with ball lockpins.

(12) Apply grease (item 18, table B-1) to threaded and machined surfac.es of front jack as­sembly tie bars. Insure that front jack assembly tie bars are secured to storage brackets on EL frame with ball lockpins.

(13) Cover and wrap threaded and machined surfaces of launch pad with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(14) Apply grease (item 18, table B-1) to all other machined surfaces. Cover or wrap machine surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(15) Verify that periodic lubrication of all necessary parts has been performed as prescribed in TM 9-1440..380-20.

b. Cable Mast A841emb/;y. (1) Insure that CMA high-pressure air sys­

tem is depressurized and that ball lockpin is in-

2-16

stalled to secure cable mast assembly to retaining ring half.

(2) At umbilical head of the cable mast. wrap outlet of the conditioned-air duct with paper (item 27, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(3) Wrap electrical connectors and main air distributor with paper (item 27, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(4) Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to ball lockpin, ejection pistons. and air outlet probe. Cov­er preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1). Install protective cover on umbilical head and secure straps. Seal cover opening with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(5) At receptacle panel, install covers on the conditioned-air. high-pressure air, and electrical connectors. Seal covers with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(6) Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to ma­chined surfaces at base of CMA and to exposed portion of dampener piston. Wrap base of CMA including dampener, with barrier material (ite� 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(7) Cover base of CMA, up to and including receptacle panel, with paper (item 27, table B·1J and secure with tape (item 37, table B-1).

(8) Stencil marking panel (par. 1-&f) and secure panel to a front tiedown ring on EL.

2-50. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the EL and CMA are to be re­moved from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. If storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning.

(1) Remove tape, barrier material, paper, and preservative from EL and CMA. Remove the tape from connectors on control box.

(2) Remove and discard marking panel. (3) Unpackage and clean any equipment

stored and blocked on EL. (4) Clean ELand CMA.

c. Recards and Services.

(1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform service upon receipt preventive­maintenance services as prescribed in TM 9-1440.. � 380-20.

Diglt1zed by Google

(3) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration interval. Request OS per­son.nel to perform maintenance calibration proce­dures if required.

d. Storone [,imits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The EL

and CMA may be returned to storage for an ad· ditional 90-day period after being processed as fol­lows:

(a) Inspect machined surfaces of EL for signs of corrosion. If necessary, clean surfaces, remove corrosion, and apply grease (item 16, table B-1). Cover preserved surfaces with barrier ma· terial (item 5, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 35, table B-1).

(b) Remove tape and barrier material from jack assemblies.

(c) Inspect machined surfaces of CMA for signs of corrosion. Clean as necessary, remove

TM 9-1425-384-14

corrosion, and apply preservative. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material and secure with tape.

{d) Revise logbook and marking panel to reflect storage extension date.

{e) Install protective covers and reseal by performing applicable procedures of paragraph 2-49.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-1440-380-20.

Note The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per­forming EL operational test, and cable mast and clamp release operational test. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-49 after the operational tests have been performed.

Section XIII. BATTERY CONTROL CENTRAL

2-5 1 . General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the battery control central (BCC) in administrative storage, for preserving it, and for processing it after storage. In addition, pro­cedures for continued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the BCC, refer to TM 9-1427-.'i81-14.

2-52. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform daily and weekly preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1427-381-14. Proces.� air conditioners for admin­istrative storage as prescribed in TM 5-4120-259-15. Inspect equipment logbook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance service. If 2 weeks have elapsed since date of last monthly service, perform these services and inspections be­fore placing BCC in limited storage.

b. Records. Record all current information in the equipment logbook. If applicable, record con­dition code (par. 1-Se). Place logbook in storage drawer in BCC.

c. ControL�. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in off or neutral position. Place all circuit breakers in the electrical distri· bution box in off position. Close and secure all

covers and drawers. Secure all equipment in prop­er locations.

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for BCC to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dunrul{le. Obtain three pieces of lumber 4 inches x 4 inches x 8 feet, or equivalent. At stor· age site, place two pieces laterally 0.15 meter (6 inches) back from each end of BCC, and one piece in center. Secure three pieces together with suit· able dunnage. Block dunnage as necessary to pro­vide a level platform. Install BCC on platform so that only skids bear total weight of equipment.

2-53. Preservation.

a. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of all doors.

b. Cover signal entrance panel, air conditioner vents, and windows with fiberboard (item 15, table B-1). Cover fiberboard with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure barrier material with tape (item 33, table B-1). Cover open end of drain hose with tape.

c. Remove batteries from em!!rgency light and equipment in BCC and return them to supply.

Diglt1zed by U(lllgle

TM9-1425-314-14

d. Remove humidity indicator panel cover from rear interior wall. Wrap cover and attaching hard­ware in barrier material (item 7, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 37, table B-1). Secure pack­aged cover on rear interior wall with tape (item 37, table B-1).

e. Place a three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside BCC for a 30-minute period to determine humidity indication. The BCC should be relatively free of moisture (relative hu­midity of 40 percent or less) prior to being sealed. Operate heating units if necessary to lower the humidity.

f. Place a 36- x 54-inch piece of barrier material (item 5, table B-1) on the floor of BCC. Just prior to sealing BCC, evenly distribute 1,500 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier material.

g. Cl011e and secure doors. Seal doors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

h. Apply DA Label 17 (desiccant data) to one of rear doors.

i. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-llf) and secure panel to a front lifting ring on BCC.

2-54. Post Storage Processing.

a. Genera.L If the BCC is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. If storage is to be ex­tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove tape and barrier material from

exterior of BCC. (2) Remove and discard marking panel and

desiccant label. (3) Remove desiccant from floor of BCC. (4) Unpackage and clean any equipment

stored and blocked within BCC. (5) Clean interior and exterior of BCC. (6) Install new batteries in emergency light

and equipment in BCC. c. Records and Services.

(1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform daily and weekly preventive­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1427-381· 14.

2-18

(3) Inspect logpook for date of last monthly preventive-maintenance services. If these services were not performed immediately before BCC was placed in storage, perform monthly preventive­maintenance services.

(4) Record all deficiencies in equipment logbook and correct such deficiencies.

(5) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that reqllire maintenance calibration and for calibration inter­val. Request DS personnel to perform maintenance calibration procedures if required.

d. Stmage Limits.

(1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The BCC may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove tape from rear doors and re­move desiccant from BCC floor.

(b) Place three-spot humidity indicator card (item 19, table B-1) inside BCC for a 30-minute period.

(c) If relative humidity is 40 percent or less, evenly distribute 1,500 units of fresh . des­iccant upon barrier material on floor. If relative humidity is above 40 percent, operate heating units to lower the humidity; then add fresh des­iccant.

(d) Revise logbook to reflect storage ex­tension date, and return it to storage drawer.

(e) Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) to rub­ber gaskets of rear doors. Reseal rear doors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(f) Revise marking panel to reflect stor­age extension date.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance serv1ces pre­scribed in TM 9-1427-381-14.

Note The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per­forming BCC operational test (TM 9-1427-381-14). lf storage is to be con­tinued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-53 after operational test has been per­formed.

Diglt1zed by Google

TM9·1425-384-14

Section XIV. LAUNCH CONTROL GROUP ( SLA)

2-55. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the SLA in administrative storage, for preserving it, and for processing it after stor· age. In addition, procedures for continued admin­istrative storage are included. For additional in· formation on the SLA, refer to TM 9-1430-382-14.

2-56. Pre5torage Procedure. a. Services. Perform daily and monthly

preventive-maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1430-382-14 0

b. Records. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-&). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table 8·1) and secure bag to SLA box with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers. Secure all equipment in proper locations. Bleed all pressure from pneu­matic system (TM 9-1430..382-14).

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for SLA to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from the elements. The stor­age site should be well drained and have a rea­sonably firm surface.

e. Dunnage. (1) On firm terrain, store SLA trailer on its

wheels. Set both handbrakes; chock each wheel, front and back, and secure chocks together ,.,;th suitable dunnage.

(2) On soft terrain, or when a thaw, or alternately a freeze and thaw are expected, block the SLA trailer so that wheels are off ground as follows:

(a) Secure suitable platforms at least 0.91 meter (3 feet) square to prevent dunnage from sinking.

(b) Construct suitable dunnage on plat­forms so that trailer wheels will be level and at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

(c) Install SLA trailer on dunnage. (d) Set both SLA handbrakes.

2·57. Pr-rvation.

a. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of all SLA box access covers and panels.

b. Install all connector covers on respective connectors and seal with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Cover all capless electrical and pneumatic connectors with barrier material (item 15, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

d. Store electrical cable bundles and the high· pres.�ure airhose on SLA trailer as prescribed in TM 9-143()..382-14.

e. Close and secure trailer tailgate. f Install front and rear racks. g. Secure canvas cover side flaps to tiedown

hooks. h.. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-&f) and secure

panel in a conspicuous location on SLA trailer.

2-58. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the SLA is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c belo.w. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d below. lf storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d.(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Release canvas cover side flaps on trailer

to expose SLA and cable bundles. (2) Remove cable bundles and high-pressure

airhose from stored locations on SLA trailer. (3) Remove barrier material from connectors

and high-pressure airhose. ( 4) Clean adhesive residue from all surfaces

previously taped. (5) Remove and discard marking panel

secured to SLA trailer. c. Record.� and Services.

(1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform daily and monthly preventive­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-143()..382-14.

(3) Inspect logbook for date of last semi­annual preventive-maintenance services. If these services were not performed immediately before SLA trailer was placed in storage, perform semi­annual preventive-maintenance services.

(4) Record all deficiencies in equipment logbook and correct such deficiencies.

(5) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration and for calibration inter­val. Request DS personnel to perform maintenance calibration procedures if required.

TM 9·1 425·384· 14

d. Storage Limits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The SLA

trailer may be returned to storage for an addi· tiona! 90-day period after being processed as fol· lows:

(a} Revise logbook to reflect storage ex· tension date; return logbook to bag (item 1, table B·1) and secure bag to SLA box with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(b) Revise marking panel to reflect stor· age extension date.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period,

perform preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-143().382·14.

Note The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2·6) is met by ·per­forming the monthly schedule of preventive-maintenance services pre­scribed in TM 9-143()..382-14. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-57 above after preventive-maintenance services have been performed.

Section XV. POWER ST A liON

2-59. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the power station in administrative stOrage, for preserving it and for processing it after storage. In addition, procedures for con· tinued administrative storage are included. For additional information on the power station, refer to TM 5-1450-204-12 and TM 5-1450-204-34, or TM 9·1450-382-10, TM 9-1450-382-20 and TM 9-1450-382-34.

2-60. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform daily and weekly preventive-maintenance services as prescribed in TM 5·1450-204-12 or TM 9-1450-382-20.

b. Records. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and store bag in space provided behind oil drains access door.

c. Controls. Upon completion of preventive­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers. Secure all equipment in proper locations. Bleed all pressure from pneu· matic system (TM 5-1450-204-12 or TM 9-1450-382· 10).

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for power station to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, .accidental damage by moving vehicles and damage from elements. Tl\e storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dunnage. Obtain three pieces of lumber 4 inches x 4 inches x 8 feet, or equivalent. At stor­age sit�. place two pieces laterally (at right angle

2-20

to skids) 0.15 meters (6 inches) back from each end of power station shelter skids, and one piece across skids at center of shelter. Secure three pieces together with suitable dunnage. Block dun­nage as necessary to provide a level platform. In­stall power station on platform so that only skids bear total weight of equipment.

2-61 . Preservation. a. Disconnect positive battery terminal connec­

tor and store in battery enclosure. b. If necessary, clean battery enclosure and ter­

minals as prescribed in TM 5-1450-204-12 or TM 9-1450-382-10.

c. Cut barrier material (item 5, table B-1) to appropriate sizes, and place on flat surfaces of all enclosure areas of power station. Just prior to sealing power station, evenly distribute desic­cant (item 13, table B-1) on barrier material in enclosures.

d. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of all doors.

e. Cover drain vent openings on sides and bottom of the power station shelter with barrier material (item 7, table B-1) and seal with tape (item 33, table B-1).

f Install covers on all electrical connector re­ceptacles and conditioned-air and high-pressure air outlets. Cover connectors and other openings not provided with caps or covers with barrier ma­terial (item 7, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

g. Close and secure access panels and doors. Seal doors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

h. Apply DA Label 17 (desiccant data) to one of access doors.

i. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-l!f) and secure panel in a conspicuous location on power station l shelter.

Diglt1zed by Google

2-62. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If power station is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c be­low. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. lf storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) be­low.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove tape and barrier material from

exterior of power station shelter. (2) Remove and discard marking panel and

desiccant label. (3) Remove desiccant and barrier material

from enclosures of shelter. (4) Clean interior and exterior of power sta-

tion. (5) Install and connect positive battery ter­

minal.

c. Records and Service.,. (1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine

what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) Perform daily and weekly preventive­maintenance services as prescribed in TM 5-1450-204-12 or TM 9-1450-382-10.

(3) Inspect logbook for the date of last monthly preventive-maintenance services. IJ these services were not performed immediately before

TM9·1425-384-14

power station was placed in storage. perform monthly preventive-maintenance service.

(4) Record all deficiencies in equipment logbook and correct such deficiencies.

·

(5) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration and for calibration inter­val. Request OS personnel to perform maintenance calibration procedures if required.

d. Storage L-imits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The power

station may be returned to storage for an addi­tional 90-day period after being processed as fol­lows:

(a) Revise logbook to reflect storage ex­tension date, and return it to its storage location.

(b) Revise marking panel to reflect the storage extension date.

(2) At the end of the second 90-day storage period. perform preventive-maintenance se.rvices prescribed in TM 5-1450-204-12 or TM 9-1450-382-10.

Note

The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. 2-6) is met by per­forming procedures for inspecting and servicing the power station. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-61 after the power sta­tion is inspected and serviced.

Section XVI. POWER STATION GROUP ( FDT)

2·63. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the power station group or facilities distribution trailer (FDT) in administrative stor­age, for preserving it, and for processing it after storage. In addition. procedures for continued ad­ministrative storage are included. For additional information on the FDT, refer to TM 9-1450-383-10 and TM 9-1450-383-24.

2-64. Prestorage Procedure.

a. Services. Perform weekly preventive­maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-1450-383-10.

b. Reco-rds. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se ). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1. table B-1) and place bag in filter element stowage box.

c. Cont·rols. Upon completion of pre\•enth•e­maintenance services, place all controls, switches, and circuit breakers in the off or neutral position. Close and secure all covers. Secure all equipment in proper locations. Bleed all pressure from pneu­matic system (TM 9-1450-383-10).

d. Storage Site. Select storage site for FDT to provide as much protection as possible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from elements. The storage site should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

e. Dumwne. (1) On firm terrain, store FDT on its wheels.

Set both handbrakes; chock each wheel, front and back, and secure chocks together with suitable dunnage.

(2) On soft terrain, or when thaw or alternately a freeze and thaw are expected, block FDT so that wheels are off ground as follows:

DigitiZed by (3;�bgle !

TM9-1425-314-14

(a) Secure suitable platforms at least 0.91 meter (3 feet) square to prevent dunnage from sinking.

(b) Construct suitable dunnage on plat­fonD8 so that trailer wheels will be level and at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

(c) Install FDT on dunnage.

(d) Set both FDT handbrakes.

2-65. P.--rvation.

a.. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of all FDT access doors, covers, and pan· els.

b. Install covers on all electrical connector re­ceptacles and seal with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Cover all capless electrical and pneumatic connectors with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

d. Close and secure trailer tailgate. e. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-a/) and secure

panel in a conspicuous location on FDT.

2-66. Post Storage Processing.

a. Generol. I( the FDT is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. I! storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. If storage is to be ex· tended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. Cleaning. (1) Remove tape and barrier material from

electrical receptacles and high-pressure airhose couplings.

(2) Clean adhesive. residue from all surfaces previously taped.

(3) Remove and discard marking panel.

c. Records and Services. (1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine

what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any such deficiencies.

(2) Perform weekly preventive-maintenance services as prescribed in TM 9-1450-383-24.

(3) Inspect logbook for date of the last monthly preventive-maintenance services. I( these services were not performed immediately before FDT was placed in storage, perform monthly preventive-maintenance services.

(4) Record all deficiencies in equipment logbook and correct such deficiencies.

(5) Refer to TB 43-180 for items that require maintenance calibration and for calibration inter­val. Request DS personnel to perform maintenance calibration procedures if required.

d. Storage Limits.

(1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The FDT may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Revise logbook to reflect storage ex­tension date; return logbook to bag and store bag in filter element stowage box.

(b) Revise marking panel to reflect stor­age extension date.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period, perform the following:

(a) Perform "before operation" preventive-maintenance checks and services as prescribed in TM 9-1450-383-10.

(b) Perform an operational check by per· I forming procedures for operation under usual con­ditions (TM 9-1450-383-10), except do not connect FDT output cables or airhose.

Note

The requirement to exercise or operate equipment (par. "2-6) is met by per· forming the operational check pre· scribed in (2)(a) above. If storage is to be continued, perform procedures in paragraph 2-65 above.

Section XVII. WARHEAD SECTION HANDUNG DEVICE

2-67. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing the warhead section handling device in administrative storage, for preserving it, and for processing it after storage. In addition, procedures !or continued storage are included.

2·68. Prfttorage Procedure. a. Seroices. Clean and lubricate the handling

device as prescribed in the maintenance proce-

2-22

•

dures of TM 9-1100-375-12. Inspect as prescribed in TM 9-1100-375-12.

b. Rewrds. Record all current information in the handling device logbook. If applicable, record the condition code (par. 1·8e). Insert the logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure bag to handling device with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Storage Sit.e. Select the site for the handling � device to provide as much protection as possible •

. Diglt1zed by Google

from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from the ele­ments. The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably flrm surface.

d. Dunnage. Obtain wooden pallets, or equiv­alent, to provide a platform to keep handling device at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

2-69. Preservation. a. Apply compound (item 11, table B-1) to ma­

chined surfaces. b. Cover machined surfaces with barrier ma­

terial (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. Cove.r dunnage with barrier material (item 5, table B-1 ).

d. Install handling device on dunnage and secure to dunnage with steel strapping {item 23, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between steel strapping and handling device.

e. Cover handling device with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

f. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-at) and secure to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

2-70. Post Storage Proce55ing. a. General. If the handling device is to be re­

moved from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 d&)'8, perform procedures in d{1) below. If storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. C/.e4ning. {1) Remove and discard marking panel.

TM9-1425-384-14

(2) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, tape, and preservative from components of handling device.

c. Reoords and Service��. (1) Inspect equipment logbook taped on han­

dling device to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing defi­ciencies.

(2) Inspect handling device as prescribed in TM 9-1100-375-12.

d. Storage Limit11. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The han­

dling device may be returned to storage for an additional 90-day period after being processed as follows:

(o) Remove tarpaulin from handling device and remove barrier material from compcr nents.

(b) Inspect machined surfaces for signs of corrosion. If necessary, clean surfaces and re­move c.orrosion; then apply compound {item 11, table B-1) to machined surfaces.

(c) Cover machined surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(d) Revise logbook taped to handling device to reflect extended storage date; return logbook to bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure it in position with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(e) Cover handling device with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table 8-1).

(/) Revise marking to reflect extended storage date.

(2) At the end of the second 90-day storage period, inspect handling device as prescribed in TM 9-1100-375-12. If markings are illegible, mark as prescribed in TM 9-1100-35&:12.

Section XVIII. SUNGS

2-71. General. This section contains procedures to be performed Wore placing slings in administrative storage for preserving them, and for processing them after storage. In addition, procedures for continued stor· age are included. The term "slings" includes, but is not limited to, crane pack lifting sling, shipping container sling, and H416 sling (warhead section shipping and storage container sling).

� 2-72. Prntorage Procedure. , c. Services. For crane pack lifting and shipping

container slings, perform monthly preventive-

maintenance services prescribed in TM 9-145(}.380. 14. Inspect H416 sling and perform maintenance procedures as prescribed in TM 9-1100-375-12.

b. Records. Record all current information in logbook. If applicable, record condition code {par. l-8e). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure it to any convenient com­ponent of sling.

c. Storage Site. Select storage site for slings to provide as much protection as poesible from the following: pilferage, accidental damage by moving vehicles, and damage from the elements.

LJ�<.I'.A.

bv �-sogle

TM 9-1425-384-1 4

The storage area should be well drained and have a reasonably firm surface.

d. D�tnnage. Obtain wooden pallets, or equiv­alent, to provide a platform for slings at least 0.2 meter (8 inches) above ground.

2-73. Preservation. a, Apply lubricating oil (item 24, table B-1), or

equivalent to protect wire rope assemblies and other unpainted components.

b. Coil wire rope assemblies and secure in coil­ed position with tape (item 3.'i, table B-1).

c. Place sling(s) on dunnage and secure to dun­nage with steel strapping (item 31, table B-1). Place fiberboard (item 15, table B-1) between steel strapping and sling(s), and barrier material (item 5, table B-1) between sling(s) and dunnage.

d. Cover sling(s) with tarpaulin, or equivalent, and secure to dunnage with wire (item 39, table B-1).

e. Stencil marking panel (par. 1-�f) and panel secure to dunnage in a conspicuous place.

2-74. Post Storage Processing.

a. General. If the sling(s) are to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c be­low. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. If storage is to be extended beyond 180 days, refer to d(2) be­low.

b. Cleaning.

(1) Remove and discard marking panel.

(2) Remove tarpaulin, steel strapping, tape, and excess lubricant from sling(s).

c. Records and Services. (I) Inspect equipment logbook taped to sling

to determine what deficiencies, if any, existed pri­or to storage. Correct any deficiencies.

(2) Inspect to determine if crane pack lifting and/or shipping container sling(s) have been load tested within 12 months. If required, perform load test procedures (TM 9-1450-380-14).

d. St.orage Limits. (l) Storage is limited to 90 days. The sling(s)

may be returned to storage for an additional 9().. day period after being processed as follows:

(a) Remove tarpaulin and remove barrier material.

(b) Inspect for signs of corrosion. If nec­essary, clean surfaces and remove corrosion (TM 9-1450-380-14 or TM 9-1100-375-12).

(c) Revise logbook to reflect extended storage date; return logbook to bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure in original plllce with tape (item 33, table B-1).

(d) Perform procedures in paragraph 2-73 a through d above; then revise marking panel to reflect extended storage date.

(2) At end of second 90-day storage period, perform preventive-maintenance procedures pre­scribed in TM 9-1450-380-14 for crane pack lifting and shipping container slings. Inspect H416 sling, and if necessary, perform maintenance procedures (TM 9-1100-375-12).

Section XIX. TEST SETS, WARHEAD SECTION SIMULATOR ASSEMBLY AND CABLE TESTER AN/GSM-45 WITH ADAPTERS

2-75. General.

This section contains procedures to be performed before placing test sets, warhead section simulator assembly, and cable tester AN/GSM-45 (with adapters) in administrative storage. Not all pro­cedures apply to all test sets; for instance, some test sets may not contain cable assemblies. Per­form only the procedures applicable to the par­ticular item being processed.

2-76. Prestorage Procedure. a. Services. Perform monthly preventive­

maintenance services prescribed in applicable technical manual.

b. Records. Record all current information in equipment logbook. If applicable, record condition code (par. 1-Se). Insert logbook in waterproof bag (item 1, table B-1) and secure to side or top of item with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. StQr(/fle Site. Test sets and similar equipment should be stored i.n a building, shop set, PTS, or SCTS.

2-77. Preservation.

a. If cable connectors have covers, insure that they are installed. Seal connectors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

b. l.f equipment connectors have covers, insure that they are installed. Seal connectors with tape (item 33, table B-1).

c. If connectors do not have covers, wrap barrier material (item 15, table B-1) around con­nectors and secure with tape (item 35, table B-1).

d. If equipment contains batteries, remove batteries and return them to supply.

e. Apply talc (item 32, table B-1) on rubber gaskets of case.

Diglt1zed by Google

l

f. Close and secure case cover; then seal case with. tape (item 35, table B-1). Do not tape pres­sure relief valve.

c. Depending on size of item, stencil marking panel (par. 1·!!/) or prepare a tag with information prescribed in paragraph 1-flf in suitably sized let­ters.

h. Secure marking panel or tag to item.

2-78. Post Storoge Processing.

a. Get1eral. If equipment is to be removed from storage, perform procedures in b and c below. If storage is to be extended beyond 90 days, perform procedures in d(l) below. lf storage is to be ex· tended beyond 190 days, refer to d(2) below.

b. CU!aning. (1) Remove and discard marking panel or

tag. (2) Remove tape and barrier material.

(3) Clean equipment as prescribed in appli· cable technical manual.

TM9-142S-314-14

c. Recorda and Service3. (1) Inspect equipment logbook to determine

what deficiencies, if any, existed prior to storage. Correct any existing deficiencies.

(2) P e r ro r m m o n t h l y p r e v e n t i v e · maintenance services prescribed in applicable technical manual.

d. Stlml{}e Li-mits. (1) Storage is limited to 90 days. The equip­

ment may be returned to stora,e for an additional 90-day period after being proc�... . :.;;lloWll:

(aJ Remove tape and barrier material. (b) Inspect equipment for corrosion. If

neceBSary, clean surfaces and remove corrosion as prescribed in applicable technical manual.

(c) Preserve equipment as prescribed in paragraph 2-77 a through f above.

(d) Revise logbook and marking panel or tag to reflect storage extension date.

(2) At end of the second 90-day storage pe­riod, perform preventive-maintenance services as prescribed in applicable technical rranual. lf sto.r­age is to be continued, perform procedures m paragraph 2-77.

I D g1I1Zed ny Coogle

I

TM9-1425-384-14

CHAPTER 3

SURVEIUANCE

3-1. Gen-1.

Surveillance of all stored equipment is performed every month and also after any exceptional en­vironmental event. Generally, the surveillance pnr cedures are the same for most components of the weapon system. Certain items of stored equipment that require additional surveillance procedures are covered in paragraph 3-3.

3-2. Exceptional Events. Immediately after any exceptional event that may affect the storage area.. inspect the stored equip­ment for possible damage. Such events include the following: heavy rains or flooding, fire and lightning, high winds or tornadoes, heavy snow or ice storms, and earthquakes or tidal waves. In addition, the storage area may be affected by civil uprisings, guerrilla activities, or sabotage. If the storage area is affected by an exceptional event, perform the necessary post storage process­ing and inspection procedures (chapter 2) for any stored equipment that has been damaged.

3-.3. Monthly Inspection.

a. GenemL Once a month, inspect stored equip­ment for obvious damage. Check tarpaulins and barrier material for looseness, tears, or water en­trapment. Inspect tape for breaks or loss of ad­hesive quality. Look for signs of corrosion on equipment or for evidence of damage to dunnage.

b. Humidity Indicator Checla!. Certain items of stored equipment require monthly surveillance

and inspection of the humidity indicator. They are as follows:

(I) Missile body section containers. The hu­midity indicators on the missile body section con­tainers are located on the end opposite the con­tainer cover. Check humidity indicator color code as prescribed in TM-9-1410-380-12 and install fresh desiccant if relative humidity is 35 percent. If relative humidity is 40 percent or above, service container desiccant, missile section desiccant, and humidity indicator as prescribed in TM 9-1410-380-12.

(2) Programmer-test station, The humidity indicator on the PTS is located on the right wall near the rear. If relative humidity is above 40 percent, refer to paragraph 2-lld(1).

(3) Shop sets. The humidity indicator on each shop set is located on the end opposite the personnel door. If relative humidity is above 40 percent, refer to paragraph 2-3ld(l).

(4) System compo�Umts test statio?1. The hu­midity indicator on the SCTS is located on the rear personnel door. If relative humidity is above 40 percent, refer to paragraph 2-46d(l).

(5) Battery control centraL The humidity in­dicator on the BCC is located on the rear per­sonnel door. If relative humidity is above 40 per­cent, refer to paragraph 2-54d(l).

(6) GRU. DE and ECU containers. The hu­midity indicators on the GRU, DE, and ECU con­tainers are located on the midsections of the con­tainer bodies. If relative humidity is above 40 per­cent, refer to TM 746-231.

TM9-1425-384-14

CHAPTER 4

SHIPMENT OF MISSILE BODY SECTIONS AND GROUND

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BY TACTICAL VEHICLES

Section I. GENERAL

4-1. Scope.

This chapter gives detailed procedures for loading, securing, and unloading the missile and ground support equipment on tactic.al vehicles, other than those used for field movement. The vehicles cov· ered are the 2-1/2-ton truck, the 5-ton truck, and the 12-ton, stake-body semitrailer. The illustra­tions are provided to show the method of installing tiedown straps to secure the loads. For weights and dimensions, refer to table 1-2.

4-2. Loading, Tiedown, and Unloading Procedures.

a. Loading. (1) Set vehicle brakes and open tailgate be­

fore loading. (2) Remove tarpaulins, bows, and side racl(s,

as required. (3) Center load laterally and position it

lengthwise on vehicle, in direction of travel, to provide proper tiedown angles.

b. Ti.ellown. (1) Avoid twisting tiedown straps, as strap

must lie flat on spool of ratchet. (2) Position scuff sleeves on straps to pro­

vide a pad where straps pass over sharp edges of equipment.

(3) Position metal parts of strap assembly so that they do not make contact with equipment.

(4) lnsure that tiedown straps are securely hooked and firmly tensioned.

(5) lnsure that tensioned strap is wrapped at least once around spool of ratchet.

(6) If tarpaulins, bows, and side racks are stored on vehicle, insure that they are loaded securely, to prevent losing or damaging equip­ment.

c. Unwading.

(1) Set vehicle brakes and open tailgate be­fore unloading.

(2) Remove tarpaulins, bows, and side racks if they are stored on vehicle.

(3) Before unloading equipment, insure that all tiedown straps are removed.

(4) After unloading, install bows, tarpaulins, and side racks on vehicles as required.

4-3. Universal Tiedown Strap. a, Descrip tion. The universal tiedown strap (fig.

4-1), less hardware, is approximately 3.35 meters (132 inches) long and 0.04 meters (1.75 inches) wide and has a minimum thickness of 0.002 meters (0.080 inch). The strap is made of dacron webbing and has a minimum breaking strength of 3,855.53 kilograms (8,500 pounds). A combina­tion ratchet buckle is used for tightening the strap and securing the free end. Two swivel snap hooks, one at each end of the strap, secure the strap to the vehicle tiedown rings. Two movable scuff sleeves protect the strap when it lies against sharp edges. TB 9-2300-280-30 is the basis for requisi­tioning these straps.

'

� SCUff $LEEVE

RATCHET BUCKlE

�----_._&:-----·-•

MS 170202

b. Inspection. Inspect tiedown straps before using them. lf the webbing is tom, cut, or punc· tured. or if the hardware is cracked or deformed. do not use the straps. A date, indicating when the strap was placed in service, should be marked on the webbing near the hook end of the long

DigitiZed by (_ �togle �t&

TM 9·1425·384-14

strap. If the date exceeds 36 months, apply a 2-inch wide band on both sides of strap near the date, using yellow stencil ink (item 21, table B-1). Do not use straps that have been in use more than 36 months. Do not use straps that are not dated.

c. Preparation of New Straps. Straps are to be used for a maximum of 36 months. When new straps are received, mark the unpackaging date (month and year) near the hook end of the long strap, using black stencil ink (item 2il, table B-1) or any other contrasting color. Make characters at least 1/2-inch high.

d. Installation. Before installing the first .tiedown strap, insure that the load is positioned correctly on the vehicle.

(1) Attach swivel snap hook that is farthest from ratchet buckle to appropriate vehicle tiedown ring (fig. 4-2) on right side of vehicle.

(2) Lay tiedown strap, free of twists, over load so that ratchet buckle is facing up, or away from item being secured.

(3) Position scuff sleeves as required.

t MS I�t t TIEOOWN ST�AP

(4) Attach remaining swivel snap hook to appropriate vehicle tiedown ring on left side of vehicle.

(5) Operate ratchet buckle until strap 1s firmly tensioned.

(6) Secure free end of strap by wrapping and tucking it under standing section of strap.

(7) Install remaining tiedown straps in a similar manner.

Section II. SHIPMENT OF MISSILE BODY SECTIONS IN CONTAINERS

4-4. First ·and Second Stage Body Sections.

( CA�tlo�J To prevent excessive moisture from en­tering container, do not remove pressure release plug from container or do not open valve for longer than a few min· utes at a time. When variations in altitude are to be experienced during transportation by surface vehicle, or in all cases by aircraft, remove plug or open valve during entire time. Failure to do so will prevent internal pressure from equalizing with varying atmos­pheric pressures during changes in altitude. The resultant changes in pres­sure may cause serious damage to end covers and seals of container. After re· moving plug before loading for trans­portation under above conditions, secure plug to skin of container with pressure­sensitive tape. Cover open port of con­tainer with several layers of gauze and

secure gauze with pressure-sensitive tape. Do not place any tape over open port. During a prolonged stop, or after unloading container from transporting vehicle at final destination, remove gauze and tape from port and reinstaU pressure release plug, or close valve.

a. Preparation /M Shipment. The first and sec­

ond stage body sections and their containers are prepared for shipment in an identical manner.

(1) Insure that first and second stage body sections and their containers are in serviceable condition as instructed in TM 9-1410-380-12 and

TM 9-8140-380-24. Refer to TM 9-1410-380-12 for procedures for installing body section in a con­tainer.

(2) Remove container cover.

(3) Replace desiccant in desiccant basket lo­cated on inside of container cover with 256 units or fresh desiccant (item 13, table 8-1).

{4) Extend missile section and replace des- � iccant in nozzle assembly with 1 pound of bulk deai�cant.

Diglt1zed by Google

(5} Install missile section in container.

(6) Install container cover.

b. Shipping Procedure. The method of shipping f�.n�t and second stages in containers on tactical vehicles is shown in figures 4-3 and 4-4.

4-5. Guidance Section.

a. Preparotiun for Shipment.

(1) The procedures for preparing guidance section for shipment are similar to those for first and second stages (par. 4-4a), with exception of amount of desiccant used.

(2) Replace desiccant in the guidance section container with 176 units of fresh desiccant (item 13, table B-1).

b. Shipping Procedure. Figure 4-4 shows meth­od of shipping the guidance section in a container on tactical vehicles.

4-6. Missile Trainer M1 9.

a. Preparation for Shipment.

(1) Insure that missile trainer Ml9 is in serviceable condition as prescribed in TM 9-6920-382-14.

(2) The procedures for preparing missile trainer M19 for shipment aFe similar to those for missile sections (par. 4-4 and 4-5).

b. Shipping Procedures. The shipping proce­dures for training set Ml9 in containers on tac­tical vehicles are similar to those for missile sec­tions (par. 4-4 and 4-5).

TM9-142WM-14

o••u. NOTW A. THI$ DIA.....a CO'ttltl f'IOCI�S � TO fMl 1'tAH»C))f

Of lHl 'ttsHI""G NIT ITAGI MQTOII CONlA ... tt M41S. wmt MOTOil Qe twn. INJON TA(TICA� �.-,1<:\1$, lr OfHEI f'flltl Of CAIIOO ITIMS .... �I'OI.TID WITM TKAT SHOWN, UtE TOT At tOAD MUST M co-. ,.,.., .uc> tMf ADOID llUl$ MUST M SiitCV1t0 wmt WU iTlAI'

•$$1.•••"' AS llfOCMlO TO """'·"" OfSPUQMIHl � fi.U6. .-aet A TION.

t. l"ttiCCIUtlt DI'IC'TlO AH\Y TO THI fA(TICAL YUUCUI DIS.O. NA1tD HlllliN.. ¥001Pfl0 TO IHCLUDI tl* \JNIVltSAUY AH\CA­IU � etr (IC)tdCSTIHO Qr flfOOW.. ••nJHGS W 11« CMG0 110 AltO Wll IraN TlifOOillliN •W......_IB.

C. THI LOAD, wMfltMI IIOSMU.. SNOUI.O If CfNTIIU) U.l11Ai.LY .. rHf TIUCIC Ol ON ,._ TIAUI IN 01011 TO PIOVCII fQUAI, ANCkf HOlD IDOWN IY WH Sf'INS. \OCATI THI \AOING l.lfirliOfMWIII fH/OH WMIClf AS $HQirMol to N0W111 lOa """" J110Q1ctllt.

O. AU WU lfW TIIIDOWN ASSI�IO M.l If IK'*L Y HOOQD IHTO TllOOWN fiTT!trQ AH10 , ..... Y fl�. biiCIM CAlf rH Sti.V A,.liCAfiON, AVOID T'MJTI IN JTIN'S AHO 1N1tMt SftAIGtH LAY 01 STIN ON TAU-uP POOl. 01 IA1CMIT WM1N � ,. M(a l00$f INDS 01 ST..V. A 11HIIC»B STIAI' .. , � AT liAST ONI wt.u ON T� 111C10. 011 ltAT0411,

L iCUH llUYU (AO.IUSfAitll PIOYtOIO ON W11 SfiAP AIII ..... IU WIU N lOCATfO TO �101 A 'AD WMM1 lfiAN , ..... OWl � fCOD Ofl COH'TANIS. WTH. I'MYI 01 S1U1 AJillM. ItT Jt401AO II L.OCATIO to AI TO AVOID COHJACT WlfM a:1No ........

P, lOAOI AS lftOWN ._.,.IH MAY tl iWXfO, 1.1 •• AH IN#'fV CQH. fA*IU MAT M tQA.CifO IN/OH fH( Sot.lrllll � WffH A CCIN­r.-... W/MOTCia.

0. lOADING 01 TNQ ITt.M d UMITIO lO 0N1 (I) I.AY8 .. 'MIGHT. H, DfTAU 01 .t�W7S <:CitifT ..... ,

COHT ..... 0""1N$10Jrd -- 141" lONG a .,. wt01 • JV MGtC WIJGHT -·----- &WT'r ---� ----- J110 1.1& WIJGHT . ·-· _ _ ..... ·--· W/IIOJOt -..... _, _ _ _. •Ho \M

J, NOCIOUIIU SHOwN IN ttiY NUMMIS !Ia. IACM lOAD, WITM f'lolt IX(DTI(IH Of THI \OAOS ON SHHT 1, All AIPUCAill TO TMf lOADING 01 COH'TAWt.IH WITN IOa:U MOTotS. SH -..Qft I • � QY .. WMti fiOI NOCIDUia NftJCAIU 10 M flfOCIWN Of 1NHY COHTAMIS. - GlfrBA.&. NOTt �-.

It '' SIAUJIAilll liOI IACI..S All TO N ftANII'OITID ON TM1 TIAUI. fHIY WlU. M STACKED UfWHN MOJOI CCNTA.IHII$ AHO SIC.lAIO WfTH A SUHCltHt Clllr.Wrfni'Y 01 'WU ITIN' TIIDO\Mf 4Dflli*.G fO Ntv�Hr n«t1 La. 01. C»MIIIGI 10 " � OUtiNG TINiii'Oil. lfl lOWS AH0 CAHVAS COVIll M1 TO II TltAHSf'OII flO ON 'HI TIUCI. NfO ftt!Y CAH NOT II 1CP1AC10 0t STOWlO IN 1Hf NOtM.Al MAHHEI, THIY Will II \OADIO WITHIN THt CAI'GO .OOY AND IICUUD WITH A IUHK:IIN1' QuNniTY CW Wfl STIN TlfOO'<TA'$ Af!I .... G 10 JIINIHT ,.._ � 01 �Gl TO r..: � Ol.aWG �.

l. 101 SH•IIMNT Of M47f COHTAiHU WITM MOIOI. UTIUZIHG M 1·112 TOfoi Ttun, TH( lllOCJIWtrf NOCIOIA'tl W1U. M M ..... M THOll VK.,-IfD fiOt IMI S TON t1tU1X.

lOAIWJO.. � I W..OHICUI ...a<D lW A TIIDCMt, ..,. t 1ft IINCIS OH tiAHSJ'OitT YIMICLI, POl: nucr.. Of'tH T.U.

....... lttP 1, tiMC:IIYI OHYAJ COYII liMO IOWI fiiiOM -.ca. 01: 1101

IACXS I'IOM IIIWftAUA. f1 ,...,..,., ITIP .J. AHACH HANOliHG ltiHO tO COHTAINII. If fOtll lift

1WCJ. W /'OICI IS TO II UIID 1Hl 14AHCW..INO SUHO IS I«)T ·-·

U. &. AnACM 1400« 0# TIUC'·&.. wtlC"ttfl. 01 CIANI. TMICX MOUrfrtO. 01 14001; <* ICJiiOIIII. 01 JOIII un 10 -...r; NtO CAIIIUUY lAIII /IHO IIIOtiTJON CQNT,.... .. J'Oflj � CMGO .D AS SHOWN IN OITAIUO DIAWINGI HI ... -IN. A 'CB un fiUCX W/K>ft" MAY II UltD '01 lOADIHO COH­TAMIS .uoAIO SIMITIAA.ll$ ONLY. TNI c:tiHTAMitl ... ,

II MAICitiO AHO lOII'DIO "--M M ICIL

ITIP S. AITII CCINTAINII: IS C.O*C'IfO INTO ....... JOI'TION IN/ON VIHeCl.l CAIOO NO, DffACH ILINO JICIIITIOH ANO JIN. MOH lllfl lfiAI lllOQWN •Mf ..... ICII'CM Al'fi\IC.AtiON Of I� SB Gl..aAL NOTtl '1r' AHO "t"').

a• .._ 101 TIUIX. CC.OII AHO SKUI:f TM. GAR - c.....­HOn �w.

�. I11P 1. SIT MMD OH ftAHII('IIT YIHCU. POl TeUCI. OftN TM

.......

ITIP 1. IIIMOW CAHVAS C<W11 ANO lOW II'IOM fiUCK 01 SoGI IAOtl '*lM IIMITU.IUI, " NtSIHT. tiMOYI Ml SllA' fiiOOWN •\IIMIL Y

ITtiJ J. AnAQCI tt.A.NOUNG kiNO TO COHfAUd.t. If l()t.l( UfT Tl\a WI'OIQ d TO M UIID � MAICIUNG a..- IS HOT ---

'"' 4.. AnACM HOOC 0' 11UCtC. wtlC.ttll, 01 CtAHI. lltUQI: MOUHTID, 01 � 0H 100M 0' fOIC UfT TO SUNG. aAdl CXINTAJHR IUI'FJCIIIfrrmY 10 alAI OGt.a.a. Jiiiii'WriiG CUM Of �. 1.0WY TO � 01 ""'t'fe:*ll 1W1J tfNOYI HAHO.IHG GlAI AHD IQUif'JIIIHT. IM4fH USING IOitt Ufl Tlt.CC w /fOIQ '01 """'OAOING \lMiflAIUU, fN'ftl UNCU CONTAIHfl fttOM 1HI lrDI, IAGI IUffi­CJtHnY tO CUAI OIITAQA lACK TO WM Wt«1.A IWlJ t.OWa TO � 01 1\AIJIOeM..

ITIP J. 1111\ACt IOWI AHO CN#IIAI COWl ON QUCit 01 $101 IACCI ON MMfrtAILII. Ill �. 101 TIUCl. 0.011 AHD 110M. 1Ait GAlt.

•

- --------------�

D g1t e<1 oy Coogle

....

1'+-------••r ---------1• I

FOftE tNO or toUO<

•

.. .. fAI"fft()Jl)

201 · OR J l , .

�1111""1(»

TM9-142�14-14

--�

. .,. ....... W(l STU� Tt((IOWH A.\SIIIIalY, 4 •100. tO t:xflMO J-oM 1f( OOW'H ffTf....::. ()N 0Ht SID(, OIIU COHTAINUI, tO Ul()()WH f-IMIHC ON OMI SOl Of liUCl

LOAD AS SIIOWN !!it!! QUANllfY

CHTI, Mo47J ._TY) --··-··-· I W(!CjHf tM!!OXI

3,710 tiS

OP C()flijl AMI

<D 1m' .......

WQ S:TIAI nl� ASS(MIII.Y. 4 IIQ), 10 txllHO NOM Tlf. DOwN AnWO OH ONE SIOf. OVH CCNTA*'(I, TO Tlf.OOWN

FITTING ON 01HU wet OF r-ue�;

lOAD AS SIIOWN � OUAHTIIY

OCTt. M&7$ CLW1"Y) '

01 fiUCl AHO U)AO

4-5 og e

TM 9-1425-384-14

T w

.

_:,2

I: o

,-f ' '

r . fr : � : \ ...... � I --1 �.-_r-

(

0

1 6 1"' : 0 ' II� p

- . ,_.. � � J _j, _,

I I 0 '® � 0

Ktv NUMI.U Wf8 STU? H(OOWN ASSfM&t'l', 1 11.EOO, fO txrtNO FltOM H[00WN ttrt1NG ON ONE: SIC)(, OVU: CON· 1AtNU, tO llfOOWN UfllNG ON QU·IU �OE- Of. T.....CIC.

NOll 11

OMI1 Ttt�Et 0) Sflt!J>$ M.'.h£0 @ WHl:H lOACMNG AN EMPTY CONTAlNEt,

LOAD AS SHOWN � CNUt, M47S (UN'rY)

OUANfi!Y I

"" CH'flt. M�7S,

W/ltOClCfl MOTOJt 9,110 lll$ :/ tN()f(A 1fS TltOOWN flffiNGS oPENING �'"· ,� CON'JAIM;It

KIT NU-(D wt6 STILU Tlf.OOWN A$$EMIJ,.Y, 7 ttaO, JO £X­

TEND FIOM TIEOOWH f-ItTING ON ()Nf SIDE, OVEI CONTAIHfl, TO TlfOOWN F.n� ON Ofttfl $10( Of TIUCIC.

lOAD AS SNO-

IfEM Qu.•.to111T\' Wf!GHI CcY!'f!C»9 t-·'l.<'""·-'M.7S (tWfY) 1 3,110 LIS 01

CNTI, M•7S,

W/IOCKfT MOtOI' ... ... . 1 . ... -··

NOrtl•

•.110 Ll$

OMIT �� (3) SJIAP$ #rMtKfo@ WHfN LOADING AN lMPTY CON'T AlNfa,

�o.--.. ·--·o-11

"u"il<�Tl$ fi(DO'WN fitTING$

ftVCX. CMGO, S TON

FYgu.re 4·3. Shipm<!111 of the first Btage bodv •ection i� container � tactical vehicw" (sheet 3 of�).

Diglt1zed by Google

C>

C> -.,.

..

9 9 9

1-· -1--

I I 0 0 1-....

OPfNING f"" Of CONlAmfll'

9 9 9

©o ©

9 9 9

p

_j

®�'t>. •

fM9-1425-3M-14

•

., ..

9 9 9 _9 • • • • •

� ( - J 1-<> --·-rt,_ ....

I ... . . � (\ 0 c4 0 & 1--77" ... .. OJ<!

ICIY NUMIR 0 Wtt Slit#., fiti)QWN A.SSfM&I.Y, lA UOO, tO U:ftH:O ,tOM lOAD

4HCHOl �t 0... ONf Sl()f Of 11tAit.fl. OVU CQNTA.IH(l. TO I.O.t.O A.HCHOI �$1TIOH ON Ontl« S1.0t Of TIAilU,

NOTf• : OMST iiX (•J STIA� MA•KtO @ WH(H lOAO«HG fWO (2) EWTY COHTAJNft$,

ITfM CNll. M•1} lfW'TY)

00 CNTl, !IW7S.

W/t()CK(t MOTOft

LOAO AS SMO­Qyt:Ntltr

7

' .. 11.720 lJ.S

r.tMIIIWLH. UAkt. 12 TON

Ffqure 4 ·3. Ship•�ent of the first stage body sectio" ;,. contai11er em t<u:tiool vollicte. (sheet 4 of 4!-

Digitized by tfoogle

TM'I-1425-314-14

....

•mtt NOftS A. IMd a.A....cl COYHS � NftliC.ot'eU tO fMl ,..,.,..

I<»' Of" l'Ml ''USHIHG SfCC*O StAG( MOJO. CONTAifB. .,. -,. , WIT" MOtOt 04t IMittY. AHOtoe Uti "·ts;·oO GUO

AHCl C OHTIOl Sf CTIOH COHTAI ... Ie. -.. 741 , W ITM ou.DHKI IICTION 01 IWTY. W/ OH fAC1'1CAL WMICliL fl Ontt• fntS 01 CAIGO IJIM$ All liANSI'OIUO WlfH THAT IHOWM, ,..._ fOfAL lOAD MUSt II COWA"IU AHO 1ME ADOI O IJI.MI MUlT II IICUitO \MTM Wfl Sfl.V .... Mil .S. AS ltQUellD fO Nlo YIHt Ddi\AC!Mt N'I' a..- ING RNIIIIIOITATJON.

a. NOCIOUtt$ DIPtCt'fO Alft't' tO ftC TACTICAL W!IFCI' CIIISIG­N,A'IO ....._ MOOII'co fO wcu.a M �" �tMJ�CA. U -r•OOeiN llfr COHSIII!IrrfO Of TIIOOWN flnWOI .. ..,. C..U00 MD liMO wtl SlU# fiiOOMI •SMMMift.

(. THi lQAO. .._HE$ �. � . QNRIIO I.AlUALI.Y lfr4 THI fiUCK 01 ON THI TIA"h IN oeott TO N(Wfl)l fQUM AN0U ..0..0 OOWN tY Wit SliAI'S. LCKATI THI lADING liHGf..WISI IN/ON YIHICU A$ IHOWN fO NOYtOI 1'01 NONI TlfOOMC.

o. AU wa rrw riHIQ.w •S���M�u wu • �,. HOOIIO IMO NllO'Ma RmNGl AHD f-.w.Y f'fHSIOHI:O. OIIICISI CAll IN ITIN AJiftiiCAftON. A\1040 f'Wlln .. � IIHO .aulf: � \A'f Clf STW» 0H TAU-W' Siii'CIQ Of IA'tOtlf WMIN tedOt•tO. Til WI lOOM IHoi Of STJAP, A � STaN MUST POIM AT l.Wf OM MAP ON TAQ:� IICIQ Of IAYOCT.

l. 1(11111 &IIYIS �lAili) 11t0YUMO ON Wit SIIAP � kG wtU • LOCATfO TO NOYIDI A I'AD WMIII SfiNI PASI oYII '"Aif' tOGt$ Of CONT AJNlU. MfMl PAI'ft Of SftAJI ....... ,. IHOUlD II LCXAIIO to AS TO AVOID CCIHlACT WllM CCNY-

f. la.DI AI IPOMt ,_IN MA't II MDID. Ll ... lWI'Y t:OJrffNNRI MAY II l.OAOIO IN/ON TNt MMI YIMICll W'llM COHTA»>HS WI1M #IIIOTOIS AH0/01 GUIDoUCI COHTIOI. SI(TI()HI: I40Wf't<R. fMI � \MY Qf TMI VIHICU MUST HOT II IXCIICID.

0. LOADIHO 01 fMUI fft.MI II I.IMftD 10 ONE (I) \A'ttl tN M(G41', H. Of'fMl 01 Ml76 CONT-.....t

(II)NfWf: OWIPI$!0HS 1AS" LONG • W W1D1 • 1fT HIGH WI1GHT ---·---·-·- • fJIItN --··· J.Jid lM WN oa::t - ·-----· W/IIIIJrot _ 7.»2 Llr$ CN F IC»Q

L DfTAU Of .....,, CONl.Ye1 CCNJ-

D"W810frd ... - -... fO•Lo • ..s• 'MOl • n• to!IGH WIION'r .... -..... -···-·-· .. -· f.WTY . -�--··· 1,962lt$ IA'"-0 .. '1 Wf1Gtn WjGUf/O•NCf

00Nf110l KC'hON ...................... - 1 .... ltS l•,.o••

I. PIO({outlS SHOWN *' (f\' NU.IUS to. u.0t l04D, t •aPT TIVCK, C.UOO. 2·1J1 10ff. JtlfO J, .ut � TO THl lOioOlHO Of C� ,._... .. WRH JIOCQ.t ..OfotS AHD/C)It GUIOAHCt CONftOL SolCllC)t4. Sft "'NOTI r IIOUO"MMM 11fY H\llltlollll fOit "<Xt� I AI'I'\JCAat fO IHl TIIOQWN Of t.Wn COHt•Mts 5f.f c;a.t�Ul HOfl '"\"

ll • MM11'11Ailll SlOt IAC:KS Alt 10 It fiAHWOIUD ON 1M TIAkU, fHIY WIU II SU.(.&IO ON fHf I(AIWAtD INO AHIJ SfCUilCO WITH A $UWIC'ItNT QUAHHI'Y 01 Wle StiNt fllDOWN •wMilJd lO foltMNl l()6.l OUtiNG TIANSitOII. W lOWS NfD tNNAJ COYII Aat 10 M T�TfD ON lHE liUC& AND Tt4(Y CAN NOT • lltf\AQD 01 STOWW .. fHl NOIMA&. �NO. ne-t vru M lOAOfD wrrH.., fHI CAIOO 100'1' AHO IIO.IIfO 'MTM A Wff-IC:IfNf QUAHnlY OF wa STI.AI' rllOOWN ,...,... -...a to .......an � Lo&s 01: OMI:AGt ro THI \ADING o.a. - -·

L I'Ot JHIHiltNf 01 Mt15 CONl'AMI Wl'fW MOfC::.. UT1lll1NG T1'IIE :M/1 fOH lWOt. J)C lltOC)tMtiJ � WIU tl THI $Mill

AI ftal. IPICiflfO 101 fHI J TON ftU(It.

DO NOf K.<1U

...,__IG. iiWOWN.. I UNOACIIG MOC-711 lW Nff/) 1'11X ,. , sm t. 111 eaMU ON lUHII'Oit w...:u. POt nucL � 1M.

CAlL

s• 2. IINIOYI CAHVAJ (0\111 AHD IIOWI NOM t'IUCK. a. 1101 tACIS � IIMffiAitlJ. If HfSINl.

ll" l. AnACM HAND\INO kiNG fO CONTAtHII. If K>el lifT ftua. W /FOill IS fO II UMD THf MANDl eNG kiNG " N01' ........,.

STIP "- AnAOC NOOC 01 fiU(:It, WtfCI.U. Ot aAI«. TIIUCX IIIIOMIID. OR H001C ON 100M 01 1'01!1. un YO k.C .NC CAftfUUY IIAISf NiiO I'CIIlCIN CONT ..... .. ION 'tiiMICU CA.IGO liD AS � .. DETAUO DU.WIHGI ....... A POn: lift ftVCW W/POI&S MAY II UIID fOil LOADING ClOHfAJNIIS AIIOMO IIMtTINI.ftS ONlY. 1M CCNT.......S MUST II twCUO AHD l� fiiOM THI M)(,

111P S. APTU C0NfA1Ntl II LOWIIID INtO H0'U POSCltON IN/ON YDIKU CA100 •o. Df:fACH II,.W(l, IOStt.oN AHO ttNIION WEI STU# t•DCJIWN AMIIIMt.IIIS fPOit MfllfCAnQIH Of JriA.PI Ill OIHliAL NOTU "V AHli "n.

S1W' .. 101 TllUCX,. CU* .,_ S10* fAI. GAfl. - GINIUl HC)ft "'r.

I.NI OADINO ' llV I. llf �MAGS ON fiANSIOif VIMICll. FOI f'IUCI. OiP'fN fAll

GAll.

11'1' t. ltMOYf CANVAS COYtl llHO 101N5 fllli()M fiUCII;.. 01 5101 llACU NOM SU.UflAft.fl. If ...... ,. -.w:wl Wit ITIN ntoQtWN A$51MI(C$.

S"fW I. AftAOc MAHOC.IHG kiNG fO CCNT....._ W .0.: l.lfT 1'IUOt WJFIOII$ 6 fO M U11D M MAHDLIHO aiNG II NOt ..-.

Sll, •• anAQ1 ..00« Of flU(&. WllCI.lt, 01: CIANI. r.tla MOUNTED, 01 H001. ON IIC)()M Of JliOH U'f TO SUNG. IAIM CCHfAINtl """l(lfNf'-Y TO CllAI OISfACl.U.. SWWoiG CllAI 01 YfttiClt, lOWll TO GIOUNO Oil f\Al'OftNI AHD ltMOYf: HAN 0' INO OlAI AND I:QU�i�Ht�WNT. 'MeN USING POll UFT fiUCJC. W/10111 fOI UH\0-ADtNG SIMiftA.IU:Ii. fN11:t UHQte C.0N1 A1 .. U ,� TM( J�Df, IAIK Wfft.

CIIH'f\Y lO QIAI OUlAC&U. � "' tO CLIAI -.-..ICLI. NG LDWIIft ro GeOUHD oe IUdPCICM.

ll1P t. � lOWS AHO CANVAS CO'ttll 0H li'UCI 01 SlOt IAOCS ON IUMTIMMI. • IIQUIMO. POl TtuCX., QOII AHD secu-t; fAll OAT1.

Fill•"' ,.,. Ship.,eot of thr •ero•d •I«!Je bodr •erti<n< a.•d till- ""ida""" a.•d """'"'/ bod11 uclio• i• w•tai•..-. "" toctieu/ o,.hicla 1•"'-"t I of 8) .

1------- � · "H 1 0 ,, , .. _____ �u.,._ ___ -1 • • '• • L.L f= (i)

l--'

TM9-142$-384-14

KfY NU-

WII S1U.II' TI(DOWN AUI:Mioi.Y, 4 lfQO. TO (Xtf.NO

JltOM h[OOWIII f-IJTING ON ON( SEOf. Ovft CON· U.INU, TO TI[OOWN fitTING ON QtHU $t()( ()f­f8'UC1C.

....

] I

LOAD AS SHOWN

� Q!JA.NIIh' W(XiHT CAPP!O!(] O�ll. M476 ((MPh'l I 3.10) ll$

t--- .. ·· "� _I_ 10"

�����J.--'l£f 7 �:��� I "0 • • =f

I NDICA t U TRUCK, CARGO, 2 · 1 1 2 T ON

4� ! J5j l Of TlUCK AND LOAD

....

-

�-----"···· Ott 2 .... __ --'JJ�f ____ _, ·• '

• , ' ' F::!: c , --- r;:J!f

t

WU SltAP Tt(OOWN ASS£M61.Y, 6 IEQO, TO UTEND '10M rllOOWN FITtiNG ON ONf StDE, OVflt CON. TAENU, 10 TI[DOWN FITJING ON 01MU SIOf Of r.-ucl(.

l! li.?J Jill! LOAD AS SHOWN 1�'� -�ft. CNU. .... •• l( ... f Y)

QyANTITY WfitGtotl SAJ!!!OXJ 3,102 tiS

, 01 (Ntl� M476,

W/10C.I(fT MOTOQ

NOft e·

1 .•.

7,3)1 ta.s

OMIT fWO t'2) .\ft.APS MARKED ® WH(N LOADING AN EWTY CONlAINft, ' I I

TlfDOW'N FnTINGS OPENING ENO Of

r---····--.., :v � M4176 COHTAINU

�'(-. JC-... '(j�._,Nil<C",fl$ ToU:t FoffONG$ tiUCI(, C:.UOO, 5 TON

Fivure .H. Shipment of the second sroge body seclwn and the flllidance and rontrol bodv 3ec tion in contai,..,.. "" to;:tica.l vehiclP.s (.•hoot !l of 8).

4-9 Digitized by Google

TM 9-1425-314-14

' '

[ �

� I �� <i.

..... "'!' Of ........

� r 1

C1l �

•

I�L::::l

0 �

(j) / '

· -

INOIC.Al'U AH(:HO* IIQIHll

•

(

• • • • ' I

p c 1,.---, � �

� J

t:;� ... ., I ® 0 '®' • lOAO ANCP<:Q: I'OV<o"l!

.....,, _\ q

) I( ··: � �

I KEY NUMJ.l.tt

<D wtt SUA' TllOOWN AUCMat.'f, 12 ltiQO, JO IXlfftrfO NOM lOAD AHCHOI I'OINf ON Ofofl 1101, 0"/tt CONTAIN1t, 10 lOAD AHCHOI IOINT OH OfMl« SoiDI 01 11AIUI.

HOlt .I ()Wf '<)VI (4) SUM$ MA.tato (!) WI'4Ur .. lOAOIHG I'WO Ql

m.

4-10

.... I.Wf'l' COH1AlNIItS.

I'! � LOAD AS _,. I CNfl,ll�,. awm

Q.!ANfiTY ��� tloJIIfiiCW ,.,.

n I jf\ 1 ot � O.fl, �'·· I W/tOC«fT MOJO. .. .... ...

,......INO<ATU lOAD ANCMOI POMIITS

{ • 01 JUJUI AHO lOAD

- nMI, lt lOH

' .

'

"

. .. ... ' .

F'ig_,. ,.,, Shipment of tlw 1ec<md •lalf'! body secli<»> ond the flltidmu;l! a11d -trot body •ecli<»> in contaim�r• <rn tocticlll vehi<les (•heel 3 of 8).

7. � \t$

, ...... ll$

• ••

D y t zed by Cooglt -

- - - +·�

M-474 CONfAIHII

TM9-142s.314-14

ICfY NUMAR 0 Wfl $TtA1 HUX)WH ASS(I.\61. Y. l t(OO. TO (lCffNO HI()M Tt(,

DOwN fiUIHG Ot"' ONt SIOf. OVfl �OHIAINU, TO ht00WN fllftH(; ON OTHU 5.10£ 01 ltiJCI(

ITIM CNit,-;M,•7� <W#h1

""

LOAD AS SIIO­

OUANTITY •

(Nll, :)1.4'14, W/GUIOAHCf CONfltOl steT tON ·-· . .

NOll 1:

• •

WfiGtH (A�QJl) l,f62liS

:Uol W

OMIT ONf (I) :nu,, MAIKID @ W"(H LOADING AN lWJY CCNT41Nfl,

- 1-- -

,,niNQ.S

1---------?<W Ol '"·--------1•1 1CfY NUMeet

<D WU SJII:A.P fltDOWN ASSfMit.Y, 6 �00. TO EJ('IfNI) f-.IIOM lllOOWN f:lrrt�i(; QN ON� SID(,

OVU C0NIA1NU. TO fl!OOWN finiNG ON 0THt1t SIOI OF TIWCK.

HOTI! t: OMIT TWO ('2) $l�A,., MAU(() @) WHf:N lOAOING TWO m fNI'IY C()(<.fTAJN(JlS

lOAD AS SHOWN

� QUAN'tUY '!'1-IYHT tMP!O!l CNTR, M47• (tM'lY) 2 3,9'24lU

o• O .. H,.., CNT�. Mc7c W/GUIOANC;I

tND C0Nt110l !IKHON 1 OF C0N1A.lNfl'

OF HUJC IC. AN O \OAO

'IIUQ(, CMGO, 2·112 TON

Ffgt<re >·4. Shipment of the second stage body section o·11d the guitW.nce and

cmdn.>l bodv sectl(m in contaittet'$ on tact.ical t.-eh.•'cles (sheet 4 of 8).

Dig1t1ze<J by �dogie

TM9-1425-3M-14

4-12

t---···--"1

I

- -

-t-

- -W(a lf.,_, TIIOOWN ASSlMMY, 6 HOD. TO fXTfNO fiOM liE· DOwN IIITI!IM; ON ()Nf $10(, ow• CONT,t.tNU. TO TllOOWN FilliNG ON OtHfl $101: Of ttvCC.

NOTl . ' �11 TWO ()) STIA'S MAI(f0 (!} WMIH lOADING TWO t2) lWTl' �JAJNElS.

lOAD AS SHOWN

.JWa. Olft, IM74 (EWfYt . .

01

(H1l, , M•7• W/GUI�C.t CONTtOt SI.CT�

1'ltUCK. CAIIOO, S ION

OUAHT!IJ - 7

'

*fQtl t.ytiOlU J.n• tas

Flvvre �,�. Shipme>o! of IM ...:mod •taqe body •ection and the guidance "'od conln>l bOOr 14<C ii<rn i1o contaiftera on 14<:tiro/ veh.icle• (Bheet 5 of 8).

(

'

� Diglt1zed by Google

,,. ..

...

I I =t: ,.,.

I

TM9-1425-384-14

ICIY NUIWa <D wtt $TIN llfOOW'N A54fMII,.Y, 9 lltOO. fO fX1fHO ,10M lOAO

AH0t0t fi'O$N1' ON OHl So!Dl, OYU CON1.votft. TO l()#.g AN-0101 IIOINT ON OI'Hit $101 01 flAIUt •

NOTt t• OMIT THitl lJ• S'ft.AI'l ¥AUtO 0 WHtN \OAOIHG THUf. C)) t.W1Y COtdAIHftS.

lOAO .U SMO-JIW. aw.,..mv WIGff f,A1!!0Xt

CHTI, W74 «<N"NI ···-···-........ l ··-... -............... J .... liS DO

�tw. /IM14, W/GUIOANCl f=��������=t:�:u,: CCNTIIOl SKT10N ·······•···•·•····· > •..........•.•........ '.>13"'

_ " __ " _

Fig .. re �-�- ShiJ11'W"t of the s<c<md sklqe bod11 •ection and the vuidaace and control bod11 section in contai'len "" tactiool ""h-U:/e$ l•heet 6 of 8}.

DigitiZed by ��gle

TM 9-1425-314-14

a.fNINC INO$ 0# COf\ITAINUS

I: , .. .. :I • • • • • • • • • • • • •

c: Q t-� ;JI gU

c.-.- . . � ...

L � � .... ;;II ' It .,oo., .....j -... ( • ,. @@ ). c c 0 . . . . \ . . � 1'' (A..OOX) - - \ G � '\

4-14

INDICA TU fll· � F-lrfiNG$

AU76 CONT AINEI

1--.,. _ _,, I

n ·

INOtCATIS fl(. DOWN filliNGS

Of CONY AINUS

M474 COHfAtNf-1

JCIT ...., ••• s wtl STJN flfDOIWN M$fwet't. 6 lfOO. TO l.-rtHO fiOM Til· DOwN JITTING OH ONf SlOt. (Wtl M476 COHTAMI. TO flf. DOWN mTIHG OH OTH(I SlOt Of nua:

(j) wtl 111tAI' TI(OOWfrrt M$lN.I4.Y, , tfQO, TO IXfiNO N.OM llf· DOWN P.lniNG ON ()Nl Slot. oYfl MA74 CONTAMI, TO 'llf. OOWN mnNG ON OIHI• 5.101 0# TIUCC.

NOn I: OMIT THIU 01 Sfl.US MAJtl(lD {(i') CTWO (1) I([Y NO. {i) AND 0Nt: (H C(Y N() <i)J 'MliN LOA"DtHG IWf'V CONTAIN('M, ()N( Ill tACH IIIU76 AND M474.

TIIUCX, CAIIOO, S TON

QUN!l!TY I I

TOtll \Widitt 00

1.m LU

Filll're 4·4. Silipro�t of the a<'<Oftd •t- bodv •eotimo aad tu lll'idoacf aad c010trol bodv •«lim< iA """tm'"""' 011 14tlicol whicln (silfet 7 of 8),

D Qll1zed ny Coogle

4

_,..<OI'!Nl''C fNM 01 Com.MN$5 MA76 C0N"•IN1'<,_

lN DICA TU lOAD At«HOR POINTS

� -Of l>A"H AND tOAD

INDICA1U lOAD AHC..ol PO ... T$

TM9·142S-384-14

ldY Nl'MIBS wtl $fiA, flfOOWN AWMtlV, 6 HOO, 1'0 lXTfND HOM lOAD AHCWOl IIOINT ON 0Nf StOE, 0VU 1M7'6 (ONfAIN(I, TO LOAO AHCHOt IOINT ON OTKtt itOf Of TlAntt. WU SfftAI' Tlf.O()WN ASSl.wtY. 3 tfQO, JO fXflNO Ft0M l�D AHC*>I �INJ ON ON( $10(. OYU JAA74 CONTAIN(t, TO LOAO AHCHOI fOIHT OH orwu $10( Of r•IJlt ..

LOAO .U SHO-!!W. 9Sb'NnfY Wl!(iHT W!'l91)

CNr.. ...,. tt.w'm ··········-···· ' . .. J,m w CHTI, M'7• liMI'TY) ,,., .. ,., . , 1 ..... " " " ... ... .. t,H, liS

fblJl WikUff s .... '"

OfTI. M41J., W/IOCKfT NOTOt •. . .. 1 1,,t ll$

CHTt. II!WT•, W/GUIOANC'f COHTIOC. $Kf10N .• • . ' • ...... .... .... t .... l liS fOf1i wlbtf . .. ... . t,m lts

SW111M8. STML 12 'ION

Figure�-.!. Sh.ipme«t of the 8ec<md tltlge bodv section imd the guidonce and control body section in containert on Uletic<>! vehicles (sheet 8 of 8).

TM9-1425-3M-14

Section Ill. SHIPMENT OF MAJOR ITEMS OF GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

4-7. Shop Sets.

a. Prepa.rot«m for Shipment. If shop set.� have been in administrative storage and post storage processing is required, refer to paragraph 2-31; then refer to TM 9-1425-382-34 for preparation for travel. If shop sets have been in use, refer only to TM 9-1425-382-34 for preparation for travel.

b. Shipping Procedure. The method of shipping the mechanical and electrical shop sets on tactical vehicles is shown in figure 4-5. The method of shipping the repair parts shop, preservation and packaging shop, and supply orfice is shown in fig­ure 4-6.

4-8. Programmer-Test Station and Radio T erminol Set.

a. PrepiJrat.ion for Shipm.ent. If the PTS has been in administrative storage and post storage processing is required, refer to paragraph 2-11; then refer to TM 9-1427-380-1211 for preparation for travel. If the PTS has been in usc, refer only to TM 9-1427-380-12/1 for preparation for travel. Procedures for preparation for relocation of the RTS are prescribed in TM 11-5820469-10.

b. Shipping Procedure. Figure 4-7 shows the method of shipping the PTS and RTS on tactical vehicles.

4-9. Coble Most As�mbly. a. Pn>parotion for Shipment.

(1) Insure that CMA is in serviceable con· dition by performing all preventive-maintenance

4-16

checks and services pn>scribed in TM 9-144().38(). 10.

(2) Install connector covers on connectors of receptacle panel and wrap connectors with barrier material (item 5, table B-1). Secure barrier rna· terial with tape (item 33, table B-1). Insure that all connectors, including those on umbilical head, are covered.

(3) Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to un· painted metal surfaces. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 33 .• table B-1).

( 4) �'abricate a container for CMA as shown in figure 4-8.

(5) Position CMA into container, using cushioning material (item 12, table B-1) between CMA and saddles.

(6) Insure that CMA is properly seated in saddles; then install and secure container cover.

b. Shipping Procedure. The method of shipping the CMA on tactical vehicles is shown in figure 4-9.

4-10. Power Station. a. Preparation for Shipment. If the PS has been

in administrative storage and post storage process· ing is required, refer to paragraph 2-62. Apply grease (item 16, table B-1) to all unpainted sur· faces. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier ma­terial (item 5, table B·1) and secure with tape (item 33, table B-1).

b. Shipping Procedure. Figure 4-10 shows the method of shipping the PS on tactical vehicles.

Diglt1zed by Google

GfNUM NOTIS

A THIS OUoWI.NG COvttS PIOCEOUtfS APPli(AIU TO THf T-,V.,S. POt'l 01 IMl Sf-tOP fQV19M(NI. PUSHING Ml�l�( !.YSUM, IN/ON TA(li(_Al TYPf V("ICUS If OTI"iU TVPfS Of (AIGO ItEMS AU UtAN.$P0fUf0 WtTH THAI StfOWN. Tttf lQIAl tOAD MU$1 IE (QM.

PAlik( �0 IH{ "0[)(0 ITf.MS MUST I( SfCUJtlO WITH Wfl SUAP A!.SI.Millt5, A$ 1(0Ut1[0 TO "lfV(Nf OIStLACfM[NT OUII!NG TlAN�TAfiON -SU: GtNUAl HOU ''G"'.

I 0£PI{IfD P�OCfOUUS AP,l Y TO TH( V(HI(LfS AS DlSIGNATlO HUftr.. MC)OIFitD 10 IN(lUOf IH.( UNtvttSAHV Al'"liCAkf "TIE· DOWN l(tl� CONSISTING OJ ftfOOWN 1!lltNGS I� IMf CARGO &10 ANO WU SlltAP TI(()()WN �ll($.

C, IH( lOAD, WH[N[VU POS�kl_, SHOULD &( (ENURfD llt.TUAUV IN nuc-. Ol ON UIAILU U� OIOU TO ,_01/tot fOUAL ANGtf NOlO OOWH IY WU $1-A�. LO(Alf 114( tADtNO UNGTHWl51 IN/ON lHf V(H-1(\( AS � TO PftOVIOf JOt l'tOHt TtiOOWN

0 AU Wtt STAAP ltfOOWN A.SSlN-&llfS Will M Sf:CUifLY HOOCIO INfO llf:OQWN FltTIN(;$ A.NO FIIMtY UN$ i()N(O, fXEa(l$1: CAlf IN �flAP APII'l1CA110Ni, AYOID fWI$1$ lN $ItA�, JWSUtf $11AJGHT lAY 01 �flAP ON 1AICE·V' $POOl OF RAT(HU WHf-N lfN$10NtNG, ANO r1t 6ACI( tOOSf f:NO$ Of STtA.P. A UN$10N[0 !.flAP Mt/ST FORM AI \EAST ONE WIM ON t.U:t..uP � Of IAlCHfT,

f OllAI\S OF IU.M$1

W(I(;Hl I tiM lAPP!QJ(J OtMIN�1

SHOf'. M.f.(HA.NIC"l tlPAJI, TIAN� POIIIAitl. HU� M,AINllNANC:f S.•tl' liS . ..... • tS'"W • II"H

Sk<JP. flfCliiCAl au••••. ru .... s. PQIIAilf, flflO M.A.IN1fN.ANC1! 4.SU ll$ 089'\ • ts"W .. 81'11

ACCfs.sotiiAl COMPC:lf,j(N1S •50 \t$ Jrt . ,.--w . 2.r11

f. If SfMITIAILII SIOl U.CICS AI( tO II TIANSPOIUO ON fHt 1RAJlU_. tk('l' W!U If $TACICID ON Tl1! l!AIWAlO !NO AND SfCUt!D wlflo• A. $1,tff'ICI(HT OUAkfii'Y Of Wfl SfiAP TIIOO'WN A$UMIU($ fO PIUVfNl tOM OUliN(i TlANSPOlf.

II lOWS AND CANVAS COV" All TO If nAN$11011£0 ON 1111 TltUC( ANO T..-f'l' CANH0f If tlPI.A(tO ()ft $10Wf0 IN hff: N()l. MAt MANN"fl. TH(Y WUl N \OAOfO WITHIN TMIE CAIGO IOO'f AND .YCUIEO WllH A s,u;:;:ICI(NT C\IANTITY Of WU $fi.AP tlf· CJC)W!'It A$$f.MiliU TO ,.MNT '"'ftl' LOSS Ott OAMAGI: TO fl>tf lADING OUIIJrwQ fiAHS.O.f.

G. Tto-41$ OU.WING 1$ AlSO A'l't.ICAII,.f k)l TH( OUfl.OAOIHG Of ht( "5HOP (QUI-f'MfNT"' 5HH1111 WITHOUT lMf "ACCESSCMIAL COMPO. ... fNfS" CONTAINU 0. VK:I VftSA.. .y 0Nt'l' VS•NG 1110$1 11'1(). C IOUtES CONfAINEO Hflft,_. WHICH APPtY TO Tlolf JNDIVlOOAi. ITEM INVOLVED.

SHOI', MfCHANICA1 IIPAII, TlANSI'OtTAILI, fiiLD MAINTINANCf

SHOP, talcntiCAL IIPA •• TUNSPOITAIU, fiiU) IIWN-11HANQ

DO NOT SCALI

TM 9· J425·384· J 4

l.OACNNG, llfDOWH, I UNLOADING NOCfDUIES •

lOAOtN(; A.Nt.' SIUX)WN

$lfP I .$[l 8.iAI([$ ON lU.N�PORl VhHC�f fOR ltUC«. <WEN tAl\ CAl(,

StfP 2. lllMOYE CANVAS COVfl AND SOWS fltOM fiUCit Of" SI.Of RACI(.$ ltOM $.1MilttAhfl . If P1iUfNl

SUP l AHACH HANDI,IN(; $4.1N(; f0 IIH P()JNfS ()f<.l SM()P IIQVtP.

M(Nl.

$Iff' I AflA{H HOO!t Ol JIU( IC. Wt[(I(U. Ot (IANII, l-UCIC MO�Tt:·D, 10 SUNG ...... 0 CAiilfhJU Y RAISf AND f'Q$UI()N llfM IN/ON VfHI(lf CAI.GO &tO AS St<)WN IN [)flAilED OliAWING$ H[ith,..

STf� S AHU llfM IS lOWflfO fNlO '-OPflt POSITION IN/ON VfMI. CH (A.ICO lfO. CtTACH. $UNO P0$UtON ANCHOI $H..1.CIC· lfS IN tTfM liH PO!NlS. ANO IN TOW IJ(){NtS A1 h4f All (NQ Of lH( lffM IOiit liVCIC, C\Ost AND SICUl( TA.ll

GAU. -<)$t110N A.NO ti·NSION wta SlltAP Ttf()()WN A�"'­lllll$ (f()C APflliCAliON Of SltAP$ Slf GfNftAL NOliE -D" AND OliAIUO DIAWIN(o$ Kfl(tN)

Sfflll 6. Sft c.f:NE.Al NOTf "f'"

UNlOADING. S.fEP I. $lf t.IAICES ()H T.AN$fi'Oel VttUCtt.

!oi(P 2 ft{MCJV( CAHVA$. (OVU AND tc)\'11$. 't0M tRUCk 01 $!Of lACitS 110M S(MftiAilU, IJ tfQU!ItlO. ltfMOYf W[t St•AI flf00WN A$.S(M8oe•l$. AHO ANCHOft �A{.IClf$., � TIUCC., OPfN TAll GAff

SUP l AlTAC.H "ANOUHG SliNG TO Ufl IDO!NfS ON SftOII' fQulP. "'"'

SUfi • AHACH HOOIC OJ tRUCIC, WUCitEt. Ot (IANf, tiUCIC MOVNf£0. TO !.liNG. tAI:!.f lllM SUHICilNTL'r TO Clf.At 0t$tACltS. !.WIN(; (lf.AII Of V(HtC,t. tOW Eiit 10 (;.IOUfltO 01 't.ATfOttM, AND llNOVf H .. NOli.NG Gl.At AND (QUt�. MlNl.

Sfi(P ,, ti ........ CI lOWS ANO CANVA!o COVU ON tCUCIC OR SlOt IACICS Qt.• SlMirtAilEU, I� tfQuttiO. JOlt TIUC .. ClOSE ANO SKI/Iff tAll GA Tl,

• HOC'fOVtfS APP\Y tO THf SHoP fQVII.y,tNl W)tt(H l$ LOAOf:O 01 UNtOADf:O I'+' \JSIN(; Mf·CH..,..ICAL I>IANDI.INC EQUI,.�NT. h(f AC· CUSOIIAl COMfiONfNlS SHOUt.O It MANU.AU Y HAN.OlfO ONlO AHO 0#1 fH( 1lANVOifiNG V(HIC\1.

I'Yg"re 4·5. Shipment of the mechanirol and electricol •lwp ••l>l on tactia•l oohick• (.•heet I of 4).

Diglt1zed b t'�oogle

TM9-1425-384·14

.. DICATt. TIII>O"" flllt ... �,�

�-+IHI- -

�------------��;;;;�����-------------------�

4-11

K)lf tHO 0#

.. Of Teuck • l�

dY NVMISS (i) � SHAO<I.I. !ICitW ""' rt>t. US fON WI -lNG lOM', SIR 5/r, ,.... OlA.MfTtl )!..-, caost'Y·lAUGHUH, S.20t 01 fOUAlJ, 6 lfQO, MfAI.I. lHIU lAOt LilT /IIIOOWN � AT tO' Of SHOP ANO IN lOW POINTS Af /111 tHO 01 ItO.

(!) WB STaN' Tll00*''4 ASSlMit.Y, 2 llfOO. TO EJCTIHO fiOM IJM. CMOI SNACQf 1H SHOP row POINT, TO TlfDOIWH PITTWG 1\1 ,._ SIDE Of TIUCIC 110, TO PI!VINT LAIUAL 5Mif1' AT An END.

(i) wte ST.,_, TffOOWN AS$1Mit.Y, 12 ltOO, l IACM COII .. t. tO lXfiNO .. OM Tt(OOWN "tTING IN ftUCI 110, TO NCHOI SHACQf IN $HC» unJttlOOWN fOINT. STINS TO II J05I. TM)N(O VUTICAI.LY 0t �y AS SHC)IVInrt,

@ wtl $.,...,.., TffOOWN •W .... Y , 1 lfQD, TO lXTIND NOM"'· IIOWN mT1HO IN TWUCK ItO, 0111 TOP 01 ant, fO TlfCIOWN AniNO 0H OMI $101 Of TltUOl

('j) ._.. STI.¥ TIIOOWN !"SSIHk Y, t llQO, TO IXllHO NOM Tlf. DOWN PiniNG IN fAIL GAtt Of �. AIOUNO CNTI.. TO .,._ DOWN hniNG ON OTHII 1H0 01 fAIL GAlt.

UMD .U -11111 QUI!I!n"' '!!110!1! W!!!!l!l IHC)fl' � ....... ._. ••• ,............. I .......... ............. $,417 LIS {MAXl

.. ,$t4 LIS j.wH} � �f$ , , , . .,., I �··�··••u••••••m•u 4$0 l8$

Diglt1zed by Googl

TM9-1425-314-14

ONOICArt$ TI!"IOW" fiTTINGS

...

<;oo...,_,. CNre

lilY NUMI.S (!) ANC:HOI $HACICll, SC:t(W PtN T'I"PP. 3.25 TON $Aft WOitUNC

lOAO. $Ill S/1�. ,.I.N DI.M\ftle 3J•··. (CIO$IY.I.AUGHltN, $.)09 oe fQUAlJ. 6 I(QO, INSTAll 1141\J fACM Un/TtfDOWN K>tNf AT TO' Of 5HOf' AND lH TOW 'OINTS AT AfT fNO Of SttOP.

(!) Wfa $flAP hlOOWN AS$(Mit,'t', 2 I(QO. TO UUNO FIOM AN­CHOI Stt-.CIC'l IN $HOf' TOW POINT, TO TlfDOWN JilTING IN FAI $10( 0' ftUCK ND. TO NfvtHT I.AlPAL 5MifT AT AJf fflfO.

<J) wtt STI.AP llfOOWH ASSEMilY, 12 UQO, ) tACH (C)tN(t. 10 EXTEND UOM TtlDOWN FIJ'fiNG fN tiUOt lEO, 10 AHC...O. SHACKLE IN StQ llff/flfCOWN POINT, SftA,$ TO If PO$t.. TIONEO VUTICALLY Ol ANGULAtlY AS $HOWN.

@ WU SliM TlfOOWN A.WMel Y, J lfQO, TO lXTfND fltON. llf· OOWN fiTTING IN TI'UCIC MD, OVft 109 Of CNTit. TO TtEDOWN PmtNG ON OfHfl SIDE Of TIUCIC.

(i) WU STilAI TtfDOWN AW-M&l.Y. I tfOO, TO fXTtNO fltOM Til· DOwN FITTING IN TAl� GAT( Of 11UCIC, AIOVND CNTI, TO Tlf. DOWN fiTTING ON OU4fl END Of TAll GAT£.

.liD!. »teN' (OIJIPMENT

LOAD AS SHOWN QUANTITY

ACQSSOitAl COMPONt:NTS

IIUCX. CAIOO, S JON

MIGHT {AP!!()JCJ S;U7 L&S (MAX) 4,514 \IS (MIN)

4S0lf.S

Figure �-5. Sh;pnumt of the mechanical and electrical s/wp •et• o� tactical vekic/es (sh£<31. 9 of 4).

4-19

Digitized by Coogle 1

- �-

4-20

..., -···· AHOC)I IMACKll. 1C11W Nt t'Yft, ).JJ tON Ull WOK1NO \OAD, lilt S/ .... "N IMAMitU )/4 .. , f(IOS&T..Iot.UGKIN, S.2'0t 01 lfQUAIJ. • lllQO, MTAU TMtU IACM UfT/flfDOIJI4 "*""' AI ToP Of IMOf' AHO IN TOW fOINfl AT AIT IHO 01 SMOf'. WH STJN fltOOWN AIM'*Y. 2 lfQO, TO IXttNO NOM ,.,.._ C..ol SHACKLf W StO TOW POtNI, TO LOAD AHOa ON fAll Slot OP TtAJ\11. fO NMNT '-"TtiA&. '"'" AT An IHO. Ml JTRU TIIOI)WH ••¥atY, 12 RlQO, J EACH COI'Nll � IHQP, TO IXttHO 110M LOAD AHCMOII POINT ON f'IAJlB, fO AHCMOII JMACICLI """ � LifT ll•OOWN PQW!fl. ITIAitl TO M JIOIIIIONIO VllftCAUY 01 .u.QU!.AilY AI SHOWN.

® Wll Srt» flfOOWN •utt�&Y, 2 IIQO, fO UTIHO MOM LOAD ANeMIC» POINT. OWl CNTI. TO lOAO AHC:HOt fJOINf ON OTNU - 01 -.

LOo\O AI SHOWN !!II! C!\IN!I!TX W!IOM1 !AmQ!l

8tCJP IOU"MIHT ........................ . I ........ ..... S-'17 LI${MAX) ... S14 LIS (MIN) ACCIUOIIA&. CQWIOHlNTS ·-··- I ...... ............. �.. -dO LIS

Digitized by Coogle

..-mu NOTIS

A. I'NIS MAWtNG COVU5 fltOClDutU A,.,ICAill JO fttl TIAHI­�T Of THf MA.INTENANC( �11\Tft.S, 'flt$f11HG �l'f $Y$T(M. IN/ON TACtiCAl. VfH<US. ,, OTHfl TYt'ES Of CARGO ITlM$ AU

TltAKPOillO Wlftt Tl'l., SMOWN. THE TOTAL lOAD MU$1 If COM­PAflltf AHO tHE A00t0 lfiMS MUSt M $((Utl0 WlfH wtl STIA, AWMIUlS, AS tfQUtllO TO Plh'f.,..T Ol�lACfMlNT OI.MING TtAN$101fAfiON.

e. Ol...C:ffO Pt'()CfOUtU A,\Y TO THt YfttiClU A$ DUfGNAftO HUflff, MOOiftfO TO *Cluot Tl'lll UNMts.A.ltY AH'\ICAilt: ''Tll· DOWN r.:W COHSt.STING Of llfOOWN "niNGS tN THI CAJG0 1(0 AND Wit Sfl� TIEOOWN AS.slMkiUo.

C. THE tOAD, WHENfVfl POs.s!IU. SMOUlO M CfNtEtlO I.AfliAUY � lltV('r.: 0t ON TIAIUI IH O.Oll f0 fltOVIOf ICUAl AHGU 1401.0 DOWN IY Wll !TIN'S, lOCAfl TM LADING lENGTHWI:Sf IN/ON IHf \lf:HICLl AS SHOWN 'fO 'lO'IIfOI ro. � TIEOOWN.

0. AU Wfl $TIN Tlfi)()Wtr,l ASStMkll$ WILl If SKVI£\Y HOOC.lO INTO Ttl� FitTINGS AND .I'IMI. Y fiNSIONIO. UlttiSf CAlf IN $flAP ..UPliCATiioN, AYOtO IWI$1$ IN Sfl-"". INSUU SttAIOHT lA'r Of ST.AP ON T.U(.UP SI'OOl Of' IATCHIT WHEN UNs.K)HINO, AH0 Tit ""'Cit lOOSl lfoiOI 01 STIAI. A TtNSoaoifO STIN' MUST FOIW AT llAST ONI WflU ON IAJr.f-\# $IOOC. Of IAf(H(f,

l. D(TAU 01 1TIM1:

!!!!! MAINl'fHAHC! SHft,. Tfl, I!PAJt ,ARTS (rt?f 11) rtANSI'OIITAill, IilLO MArH1'l· NANCf · -··� -'" "" ..

IIIMINTIHANCt SHfL •

lft.. SMOP. "'-SU· VAfi()H & I'AO(AG. lNG, TUN$1011'. Allf

FlbO """'-1NlfN.AHCf $UH\.T OffiCi, GMS, fi.AHSPOilA.Itl

""""' W!!OJO

S, Ut lM � IWl • IW"'W • en•

f. tf Sl.WilAnU SiOf tA(IICS AlE TO tl riAN$1'0tff0 ON fHE TlAitfl. TMfY Will tf $1ACIICf0 ON 1Hf I(AIWAIO IHO AND SfC'UitO WITM A SOFFICI(NT QUANlllT OJ Wl6 STIAP TttOOWN A.UlMtllfS TO PIIVfNf LOS$ OUtiNG TIAH$1011

If IIOWS AHO CANVAS COVU Atf 10 II 1tAMSI()tlf0 ON fHI JtUCIIC AHO lH[T CANNOt I( lfPVtCIO Ol $l0wt:O IN TN( HOI• MAl MAHNU. fHh' WlU tf lOAtlfO WlfHfN lMl CAtGO IOOV AND $KUit0 WlfM A SU!fiCI(Nf QUANTITY Of Wfl SfiA' llf· 00WN AS$fMtliU 10 NMNr fHfll LO$$ 01 OA.MAGf. TO lHf I.ADIHO outiNG TIANSrQif,

5tfUrtl. lf'AII ,All$ (TYI'f II) TUHS�f.t.llf.

t�ti!LD .M.oliNr(N,t,NC.f $tt0f'. ,.�Sftvo\tlc>f &. PACUGtNCi, fUHS,O.l.t.atf

,llLD ""'..,UN.,t,NCf $Vffi T Of'.C�, GloU

00 NOt SCAI.I

TM 9·1425·384-14

IOAIMNO. hiOOWN. & UNI.OAOINO ,.OC10UIIS

lOAOtfoiG &. flfOO'WN

STV 1. 5fl IIM:fS ON TIANSI'Oitl VfloOCU fOt Tt\ICC, Of'tN fAll GAlt.

ST'-' 2. lf.MOV( CANVA! Covtl AND IOWi fi()M TRUCK Ol �Of 1.4<1:5 FIONI SEMifiAilUI. II "f$£NT,

$� ), ATTACH ...... NPl.INQ SUNG TO llff POINTS ON MA.INffNA.NQ SHfUI-t.

Slff 4. ATTACM MOOC: OF TIUCC, wttClfl, 01 C.ANl, r•·uc�c; MQVNTf.O. tO $ttNV AND (AS'lfU\l Y IAI$( AND f'OSilt()N lflM IN/ON VO�)(L[ CAitGO 8[0 A.S. �WN IN DflAIL[O OI:AWIN(i,$ Hfi(IN,

Slff' 5, Alltt lfiM 1$ lOWf-tEO IHTO noPft PC)Sih()N 1"'/0N V(HI-­CU CAIOO MD. OUACH SuNG P<»>ltON ANC...ot SMACC. lt:S fN lltM Uff POJNTS ANO lN I(YN 'OINT$ AT lH( All (NO 01 fHt 1n.M. POS<!TtON ANO li-NSION wtl SfiiA• fll· DOWN AMlM&liU iFOI A,_UCAIION Of Stt.APS Sff GIN• fiAl N()lf "0" AND D(fAJI.lD O.AWIHGS HUhN)

Sff, 6, � fiUCX, C'\OSl AND !ifCvtf fAt\ GAff SU GlNUA.L HOff "f",

UIC.OAOING $Tf" I, SU II.Ut$ ON TUNsP()ef vtMIClf. 1'01 liUCIIC, QPtN lAtl

GAU.

$l0' 2. tfMCWE CANVA.S CO'Itl AND lOWS ftoM flU(.( 01 $10f UC:XS fi()M $lMiliAI.\U. IF tfQI.111f0 atMOVf Wf& SfiAP TtfOOWN ASSIMklf:S A.NO AHCHOt SHAC.UU.

$ff' ), AffA(H HA"40UNG SVNG TO un POI.NTS ON I!MINf(Not.l'fCf �fUll.

ITtP 4. ATTACH MOOIC Of UUCIC. WI(CCU. 01 UA.Nf, TIUCC MO\Ifo4TtD. TO SUNG. I AI$( ll[M SUHI(I(Nll T TO ClfA.I OI$1AClU. $WIN(; CUA• Of VfHJCU. lOWfl TO (i.IOUNO 041 f'lAifOIM, AND t£NIOV( MAHDtiNG CfA• ANO IOLIIPNof�T

Sl(f' 5 lf.P\.ACE tOW!. AND (ANYA$ COVU ON ltUCI( 0• StOf IACilS 0H SIMiftAIUI. If tf:Q\111(0, fOI Uti,ICI(, CiO� AND YC:utf fAR GAfl

Figu,.., 4-6. Shipmen.t of the repair part• s/top. P"".ervatioo arul pac/caqing 1/top, tmd •upply office"" t<u:ti<n/ vehicle• f•h«t I of�).

Digitized by .t::i:J>og le

TM 9·1425·384-14

roll tHO .,

...

- 01 ftUC« ' tTlM

I I

at NUXIPI CD ANt..,. IMA«lt. $Ct(W PIN TYf'f, l.U TON SA'l WOII:-.c; lOAD. Sill Str. ,.,. DIANtlff. Jl•", (CitOSaY-L.AUGH��. S.tot Ol IOUAlJ. • lfQO, IN$TA.ll T._U tACH U'f!lllOOW'N fiQtNT AT YOI' 01 rfCM ANO 1"1 TON POINT$ AT "" !NO Of ITIM.

wtt IUAP l_,DOWN AWM&l'f, 2 lfQO, TO fXffND fiOM AN­C� IMAI:IUI W llfM TOW POINT, TO TllDOWN f1ffi'NG IN fM ll8l Of TIUCI( ItO, TO HEVENT l.ATUAI. SttiF't At .Vt lN:O . .. $.,.., ntOOWN A$$C.MelY. 12 ftQO. l EACH COINH, TO IJ(f ... fii()M Tt:f00WN flfttfr�G IN TIUCIC lfO, TO ANCWOe �1.1 .. IJI¥ UH/TifOQWN POINT. S:fRAPS TO ll POSI• t-=--o ._TCAI.l Y 01 AfoiGUt,Aat Y A.\ SHOWN.

1IVCX. CMIIO, a.t/1 -

LOM AS SHOWN QUANTITY

I Wfi((Hl W!'!Q!)

�.t3f' LIS (MtN) S,7<12 LIS (MAX.l

F'iflllre �-11. ShiV'fW!'t of tlw repair pam shop, pre-.,alio!t mod pacl!xl{li-.g shO)>, mod ••ppl� office o-. tactical whicleo f•�t f of�).

4-22 Digitized by Coogle

TM9-1425-384-14

INOO(ATU T�OO'M< liniNG$._�

H!----·,-1 I I I

_ _ .J

�-----------------�----------------�

.... _...,.,_�

...

I

I I I \ • ... .a,

ICIY NUMIIIRS <D ANCHOII SMACKlf. SC:�EW PlN TYft, :J 1S TON SAff WOIICING

lOA.O, SIZl 3/1 ... PIN 01.\METEI 3/4", ((IOS&NAIJGHUN, S.lOt 0. fQUAl). 6 1100, tNSfALL THIU tACH llff/TifDOWf\f POINt AT TOIJ OJ tTtM AND IN TOW �INfS AT Aff END Of ITEM,

<2) Wl6 STU.P ltf()()W'tll AWMilY, 2 tfQO. TO fXTINO f� AN· CHOft SMACI:lf IN ITfM TOW POINT. TO llfOOW'N FiniNG IN fAit SIOf Of fiUCIC ltD, TO PtEYt:NT lATliAL SHifT AT An IHO.

@) wta STtAP llf OOWN A$s.EM&Lv. U lfOO. 3 tACH COINft. 10 EX'ENO 'tO» 11f00WN IIUING 11\f TIUCK MD. TO ANCMOI SHA(K\f IN ll(M \tf I/Tif00WN ,.OINT, STU.PS TO 1M IOSI• lt()Nt0 VfiTtCAU Y 01 ANG\ILAtl Y AS SHOWN,

I TIM MAJNTtNANCf SHU TU

-. CMGO. S TON

LOAO AS SHOWN QYANTITY

I WlKifftrAeetO&l

S,t39 La$ (MIN) S,1,2 LIS (MAX}

Figure 4-6. Shipment of th.e "'pair parts shop, JIN'Sert'Otion und p<.wku{Ji?1(1 8Mp. and supplg office Ott tactirol t'<'hicles (.•heilt S of�}.

Digitized by �"uogle

TM 9· 1425-384-14

tO".t £NO or tltA.I\U

...

,. 0

l

ICIY NV"IIIS ANCHOI: 5oHACnt. 5CIIW "N TY'f, ),2J TON WE WOI'CIHG lOAD. SIZE S/t-, PlN OtAM(TU l/4", ICIOSIV-lAUGHliN. $.209 0t f:OUAtJ, 6 tfQO, INSTAll THtU lACH UfT/ltiOOWH POINT AT T()f> 01 ITl.M ANO IN TOW 'OINT$ AT NT lNO Of lftM.

WU Sli.V TlfOOWN ASSfMtt.'t'. ' tlOO, TO (JIUNO ntOM AH­CHOI SKACIUI IN IT(M TOW f!QtNT. TO lOAD AHCHOe ON fAR Slot 0# fiAiltl. TO N(VlNT lATPAl �T AT All 810. wta SflN II[OOWH ASX""MT. 11 ttOO, J fAOt coeNU Of trt.M. TO £JtrtND � lOAD AHC..O. POINt ()H ftAA.D. TO AHCMOt �lf IN t1EM Ufl/ltlDOWN II'OeN'T. STLV'S 10 • '0$;'10«0 V'f.tfJCAUY 01 AHIGUlHI\V AS SHC)illll'N.

LOMAS--QU.yAl!tl

1 WftGHT WNQX1

5,139 liS (MINI 5,742 liS (MAX)

� nAQ. II TON

Shipment of the repair part3 1hop. 11�servati01t and pac;kagiuo t�hop. Mtd supply office on flu: tical ... hicl .. (sheet .1 vf "·

D g t zed by Coogle

Cl

lOADING. TIEOOWN. & UNlOADING NOCEDUI£5 fOt THE SHII'MENt Of ntsHING MISSILE SYStEM NOGtAMMEI-tUt StATION AND/01 tADIO tEIMINAL SET. IN tACTICAL VEHICLE

IHIS OtAWING IS APPUCAIIE 10 IHE

FOllOWING IACIICAL VEHICLES:

VEHICLE 11\JCit, C.UGO, l-l /210N ···--·· ) llUCJt. C.UOO, 5 ION ................... . SENIIlAILU, SIAl I, I ZION .......... 5

CAUTION: lEFtl 10 OfHIIAI NOTES AND IIOCIOUIU ON SHf£1 2, 1'111011 10 <l'IIII!IION$.

F'itlt<re 4-1. S/li,......l of 1M l'tOQf'CIIIl....,.·lell IIA!iolt o...Vor ....tio r.nooi1o41 Nl ia ladicAI wlt.iclo (1/lftt 1 of 5).

TMt-1425-314-14

I

TM 9-1425-384-14

GENERAl NOTES

A. THIS OIIAWING COVERS PROCEDURES APPLICAILE TO TH£ TtANSPORT Of THE PlOGIIAMMEI•TEST STATION AND/01 RADIO lUMINAL SET IN/ON TACTKAL V£. HICUS. If OTHER TYPES Of CARGO ITEMS Atf TIAN$. POllED WITH THAT SHOWN, THE TOTAL LOAD MUST tl COMPAIIILE AND THE ADDED ITEMS MUST 1£ SECURED WITH WEI STRAP ASSEMBliES, AS REQUIRED TO PIE VENT DISPLACEMENT DURING TIANSPORTATION.

I. OEI'ICI£0 Pl0CEDUR£S APPLY TO THE TACTICAL VE· HICLES DESIGNATED HEREIN, MODIFIED TO INCLUDE IHE UNIVUSAU Y APPliCABLE "TIE DOWN liT" CON· SISTINO OF TIEOOWN FITTINGS IN THE CARGO NO AND WU STRAP TIEOOWN ASSEMIIIIES.

C. THE LOAD, WHENEVER POSSIIlf, SNOULO IE CEN!ll£0 LAT£1ALLV IN TRUCK 01 ON IIAILEI IN ORDER TO PROVIDE EQUAL ANGLE HOLD DOWN IY WEI STRAPS. LOCATE THE LADING lENGTHWISE IN/ON THE VEHICLE AS SHOWN 10 PlOVIOE FOR PROPER TIE DOWN.

D. All WEI STRAP TIE DOWN ASSEMBliES WILL IE SECURE! Y HOOKED INTO TIEOOWN FITTINGS ANP FIRMLY TEN· SIONED. fKEICISE Ct.RE IN STRAP APPliCATION, AVOID TWIST IN STRAPS ANO INSURE STRAIGHT LAY OF SUAP ON TAKE-UP SPOOL OF UTCH£1 WHEN TENSIONING. TIE lt.Cl LOOSE ENOS OF SIUP. A TENSIONED STRAP MUST FORM AT LEAST ONE WRAP ON TAKE-UP SPOOL OF IIAICH£1.

E. 0£1AILS OF II EMS,

ITEM WEIGHT -

!APPRO X)

PROGIAMMEI•TESI SIAI10N ....................... 4.S34

...

RADIO lUMINAl "1 ................................•. 840 .............. .

...

DIMENSIONS

F. If SEMITRAilER SID! lACKS ARE TO IE TRANSPORTED ON THE TRAilER, THEY WILL IE SlACKED ON THE REAR· WARD END AND SECURED wiTH A SUFFICIINI QUAN!IIY Of WEI SIUP TIED OWN ASSEMiliES 10 PIIVENi lOSS . DURING TRANSPORT. IF lOWS AND CANVAS COVEl AlE 10 If IRANSPOIIED ON THE IRUCK AND !HEY CANNOI IE REPOSITIONED OR SlOWED IN NORMAl MANNER. THEY WILL 8! lOAOIO WITHIN THE CARGO IODY AND SECURED WITH A SUFFICIENT QUANIIIY OF WEI STRAP IIEOOWN ASSEMIUU TOPREVENTIHIIR lOSS 01 DAMAGE OF THE lADING DURING TIANSPORT.

lOADING, TIEDOWN, AND UNLOADING I'IOCEDUitES

LOADING AND TIEOOWN:

STEP I SU lUlU ON IIANSPOIT VEHIClE. FOR TtUCl, OPEN TAIL GATE.

SIEP 2 REMOVE CANVAS COVEUNDIOWSFlOMTIUCl 01 SlOE lACKS fiOM SEMITIIAIL£1.

STEP 3 ATTACH HANDLING SUNG TOLIFTPOINTSONPRO· ORAMMU·TEST STATION AND/01 RADIO T£1. MINAI SET.

STEP • t.TTACH HOOK OF HOIST TO SLING AND CAREFUL· l Y RAISE AND POSI!ION ITEM IN TRUCI 01 ON TRAil fl. lOCATE AS SHOWN.

STEP S AFIU ITEM IS LOWUED INTO PIOfER POSITION ON VEHIClE 0£1t.CH SliNG. POSITION AND TEN­SION WEI STRAP TIED OWN ASSEMIIIIES. FOI AP· PliCATION Of STRAPS SEE GENERAl NOTE "0", AIOVE. FOl LOAD ON PAGE 3, ClOSE TAll GATE PRIOR TO INSTAlliNG TIEOOWN ASSEMiliES.

STEP 6 FOR !lUCK ClOSE AND SECUIE TAIL GATE. Sff GENERAl NOTE "f", AIOVE.

UNLOADING:

STEP I SU IR.UES ON TIANSPOIT VEHIClE. FOR TIUCl, OPEN IAil Gt.TE. FOR LOAD ON PAGE 3, lEMOVE TIEOOwN ASSEMIIIU FIOM THE TAll GATE PRIOR TO OPENING.

STEPZ IEMOVE CANVAS COVEUNDIOWSFIOMIIUCl OR SlOE lACKS FROM SEMIIIIAilER. REMOVE WEI STRAP TIEDOWN ASSEMBliES.

AfiACH HANDLING SliNG IOUFTPOINTSOF ITEM AND liFTING I<OOK 10 SUNG. RAISE ITEM SUF­FICIENTLY 10 ClEAR 08STAClfS, SWINGClfAROF VEHIClE t.NO LOWER TO GlOUND 01 PLATFORM.

STEP� REMOVE HANDliNG GEAR AND EOUIPMENI.

STEP ' REPLACE lOWS AND CANVAS COVU ON TIUCl OR SIDE RACkS ON SEMITIIAILU. IF REQUIRED. FOR TRUCK, CLOSE AND SfCUR£ I All Gt.TE.

Figvre 4·1. Shipme111 of the proqram·...,.·IR-11 alali<m aodlor rodil> termiMI set i• IO<:tical vehicle (sheet i of 5).

Cl

... Digitized by Coogle

FORE

L.._ .. , ...

SECTION "A. A"

TM9-142S-384-14

iNDICATES TIEDOWN FJfTINGS

KEY NUMBERS

(j)WU Sllt.P liEDOWN .USE Mil Y (12 REQO). POSiliON AS SHOWN FROMC.UGOI£0 liE DOWN FilliNG JO liED OWN DEVICE ON ll(M,

lOAD AS SHOWN

llEM OUANJIIY WEIGHI (APPIOXI

PT$ ,, ................... t ,., ............ ,.......... •.».c liS

oa

•rs .......... t ........................ A,IAO t�

l'ttOJECl GSE.JJ.O 45 TRUCK. CARGO, 2· I /2 TON

Fiqul'f! �-7. Shipm""t of IM programmer-left 3tohbn (lnd/(>1' rodw terminul >et i• tactical vehicle l•luiet 3 of 5).

I

4-27 Digitized by Coogle

I

TM9·1425-384-14

ae·

fORE END Of

4-28

--· - ----

).----------- \&8"' TO 2o4A"'

'--l'NOK:A,TfS fiEOOWN fiTliNOS

r '8" ...---------,

SECTION "B . a··

UEVATION INOICATfS TIEDOWN fiTtiNGS

Kl'r NUMIIIS

WU STRAP ltEOOWN A$SEMILY (12 MfQO). POSITION AS $H0WN fROM CARGO lfD fiEOOWN FITTING 10 flfOOWN Dh'ICE ON ITEM..

lOAD AS SHOWN ITEM QUANTITY WfiGMT (AH'ROX)

PTS .................. � ...•• �......... 1 .............................. 4,.$34 LIS. 011

lfS ........•.•. ,.... .................. I .............................. 4,&40 LIS

TRUCK , CARGO. 5 TON

Fl'glt.re 4·7. Ship11umt of the programmer··U:sl st(ltir)tl arul/or ru.<Uo lfnninal set h1 tu<:lital n!hlcle ($heel 4 of 5).

c

Digitized by Coogle

Cl

L .. c.

fORE fNO OF Tit AllER

[]

TM 9·1421-SM-14

INDICATES lOAD ANCHOR POINTS

KEV NUMBERS

(j)WU StRAP llf00WN ASSEMBI Y (tlREQO). POSitiON AS SHOWN fltOM lOAD ANCHOR POINT ON TlltAilER TO 11fDOWN Of VICE ON ITEM.

lOAD AS SHOWN

ITEM OUANlllY

PTS .. .... ..•.....•.... I

liS OR

WEIGHT IAPPROXJ

•..................... .A,U.. ll$

...................... 4,140 ll$

� SECTION "C. C'

PROJECt GSE .JJ•.6S SEMITRAilER. S1AICE. 12 TON

F'i{IUre 4·1. Shipment of the progrommer-teol tlolilm and/or rodio te,.inal tet in IGJ:tical L'flhick (theet 5 of 5).

I

D' ' ' ed 4-29 [ 1g111z by L.oog e

TM9·1425·314-14

4-30

SADOLE CUfOUJ

tt-1/7

71

... DOll NO. 1

r 10

SADOU NO . 1

SAOC>.I NO. 7

SA1Xl<f NO 7

SAOO\t NO >

$A OC>.I

NO J

1 "

����g���t::=�.l ==-.. -� ____ , !: ____ 1_11-'V--....:...:-=.--v-_-=-_-=·=· ----'\.---====: l HOflSt

I •(0NJAtNfl, "'-......01, Stlf 11r • 21" • 3S''. lNS.tDf OtMfN. $tONS.

2 - SAOOU$ TO If: MAOf Of 2' IN NOMlNAl lUMMI. 011 Mtll· CA1'10 fROM P\ YWOOO.

l-etOC•tNG TO If MAO( Of 2 IN NOMIN ... L lUMMI.

4 - UNI SAOOtf CUTOUt$ WITH CUSHJOHING MAtliiAl, Cf-2'06.

S - $K\Itf CAIU MASt IN SAO()t.f.S Wlfl'4 3/4"' STEll Sfi..,..,IHG, QQ-S-711.

6-All CHMINSI()N$ fN INCHl$, UNlfS$ OTHI.W1$( INOf(AftO

Digitized by Coogle ,

-- NOTIS A lMtS DIAWI..,Y (OVUS NOCfoutU A,liCAid 10 THl tiAH!.­

PQef Of lt4( CAilf MA$1 ,Of IHf HI $ HIH(i MIUit( SYSTIM, IN (IN' IACII(Al fYP( VIH.Cll', 11 OINU TYHS Of CAJI(';.O ti(M$ Aaf ltANSK'III(O Wllt4 THAr )MOWN, THl t0fAt lOAD �f If (()MrAhMt ANO T,..t ADOtO !TIM$ MUST II SlCUIID W1TH wtl Sit . ..., AWM8UtS. A$ lfQUtl.t:O TO Nf\l'lNT 01$11\AC(MfNT OIA• INC; lt�TAIJOH

I NO:lOUit$ Olfi'ICTIO �y TO THI VUUCUS AS ClSIGIUTlO Mltl ...... MC:IO!ftfO TO lf<tCU.IOI '"' UHMI1AU'f AH\JCAill. 111· � Clf* CON.SI.SfiHG 01 UtOC)oM.I lin...:;$ .. f .. CAIGO lfD AHO wtl ST't.V TIIOOWH A$M¥MWS.

C 041 lOAD. WHf'N(Y[t POUIIkl. s.to.AD M CfNUUD lAlt.IAUY fH I.UC( 0. 0H TUfl,f_llr t:H o.otl 10 NO\o'IOf fOUA.l AH<itl H()I.D ClOWN IY wtl SIIAII'l tOCAfl TMf lADING liN(i.THWl$1: IN '� VfHI(ll AS $14()'111f'N 10 ,.IIOYI()f fOI' NOII'fl TlfOOWN.

0 AU Wfl Sll..., fltO()WN A$$.1Mtt1U WIH N MCutfl'f H()()«.IO INIO hfOOWN PITTING$ AND f-IIMlY rtN:StONIO IXUI(t$1 CAlf IH SfiAP APf',I(AfiON, AVOID TWISfS IN SfiAPS ANO IH.SUtt! $11AIGHT lA'r Of .STIAP ON fAlUJ' SftOO\ Ofl lATCHET WH( ... flNs.()HIHG TIE IACI: lOOSt INO$ Of STIA' A f£N$fOHIO :U•A' MUST fOVIt AT lEAST 0H1 WfA,, 0H TAICI·Uf' WOCll Of lATCHeT.

I )(\Iff SUfWS (ll&)JUSJAk.IJ NOYIOfD ON wta Sfl» AS.S(N.ki(S Will • &0C:Aft0 TO "'IYIOf A ,NJ �tt StUJ'S •AM <WII � lOGES Of CCH:tAIHtiS .w:rAI. ,.,.,, Of sra.u A$1IM. IU' Sot<MAO • t.OCATIO SO AS TO AYQO C'ONlACt WITM � .........

I DU AilS Of CAall IIM$f CONI AIN(t DWIIffrd.OrrG llf"' lONG a )).1/r WIOI • J9.1/2 M!Gtt, WfiGHt 110 1.1$ tAII'HOJU.

Q, If SlMifiAilll SIOI lACl..S All tO It fUNS�IJ!O 0H fMI fiAilll, fHfY WIU IE SfAC(IO ON fHI lfAIWAID fND N.IO S.CUifO Wtf" A Wffi(I(Nf OUANliH' 01 W(l Sft.M flfOOWN A$.S(MIUI$ 10 fflVENT lOt!. OUfiNO rtAN1101l. If lOW$ ANO C�HY.U CO'IU Att JO I( UANI'Oifll) ON fH( fWCI( AHO tHt'f CAN NOT If lfi'I.ACIO 01 lfOWCD .,.,. THI N01MAt MAN. Hit, THIY WIU If lOA.DID WitHIN fH.I CAIGO IODY AND SKUIIO WITH A SU'f.CffNf OUANllf'l' Of WU Sft"" fit� AWMMIU TO NfVfNT Tkltl lOS$ 01 �AC4 TO Jl1t � CIUIWG TIIANSI'C)tt.

TM9-142S-314-14

LOA-G. TIIDOWN, & UNLOADIHp PIOC-S lOACMNG & JtfOOWN Sfl!' I str MAICU ON TUNSI'OIT VIHtCU 101 fiiJIC-IC. Of'tN IAit

GAff

STI' 7 lt)IA()Vt CANVAS COYU ANO lOWS JtOM filiCIC, 01 $.1011 IA(IC$ f-oM SI.MiltAUU, If NtlaNT

Sfttll l Af'fACH H�lffCl, SliNG tO ((INfAINU d Urt TIIUC-. W/�S IS tO II U'StO 'Of N.AN�ING Of CONlAIHU. f)<t HAHDI.-.G \l..c� d NOr ttou..-o

Sfltll A AOACM � Of TIUU, Wlf.CICU, 01 CIANI. rtU01: MOUttf fO, 01' H()OC ON 100M 01 IOI1t u n tO SUNG AND (AtfJ(AlY lAI5f Nf/0 IOSoi ff()ftt C'QHTA.,., I .. f()H Yf_HtQ_( CAIGO ltD AS SHOWN IN D UAI UO DtAWifrtG.S Hltf i N A IOCR u n fWC( W JOlt$ MAY It \IVO fOot t OA.OING CON. tAIHft1 AIOAf'-1) $t.MITIAI L(I$ 0Nt?, l .. ( (()HIAIH (It$ IWJ $f tt H�IO AHO \OAOfO FIIOM tHt $101

lfl, S. AHU CONIAINfl tS �OWfi'EO IHYO NCW'fl �IliON IN/ON VU•tCtf (AIGO &fD, OlfAC,. SUNG, IIOSifiON AHO TfN• $ION Wll SIIAI' llfOOWN ASM'.MIUU Crot AHUCAhON 01 STIAI'$ SU (i(kUAl kOUS '"0'' AHO "1'', AIOVtJ,

5ft' 6, rot li\ICIC. C�OSI AND HCVII TAll Q.AU, Sff GENliAl ...art .. G�.

""'OADOHC sn_, t wr .... u OH flNdll()lr w.•ucu. II" 7 1()1: tltUC:C. OI'IH TAn GAll ttMOVf Wll $flAP ftf,

� ASY ... I($, Stt' ), tt"lAf STU' 1. AIOYf Srt' e. AUAC,. "00� Of fiVCI. WltCUI, 01 Cl,t.Nf. ltiJCIC

M()UHTIO, 01 .HOOC. ON lOOM Of' '01• Uff TO SU"'G, IAISI CONTAINII SURICIINft'l' 10 CllAI QI.STACLIS, SWING (ltAI Ofl VfJ>UCll, lOWf.l t() (;lOUHO 0. 'I.A ffOI/II, AND I�VI H.AAIOI.ING GIAI AND IOVI,,_.,Nl. WH(N U$1NG fOitiC tJFT ltucl W,lf()tl$ '<)It UNlOAOINC SUr.\fTIAlllll, IHUt UNOfl CONTAINU 110M fH( SIOI, I:AI$( $Uff"l, Clf,.TlY 10 Cl.f.AI OI$TACUSo IACa V' TO CtfAI VfHICll, AHO LOWfl TO GIOUNO Of 1'\AliOIM

5t0 .S """'Cf lOWS. .AHO CAHVAS (OV(t ON mJCI 0t SIOf IACC.S (IN $IMITIA&ft. If HOU .. O fOI TIUCl. 0.051 AHO SICURI tAll G.Aff"

Ji'ig•re �·9. Shipm""t of the ooble 1ft401 <UJiembl� rm taetieaJ ve/Ucle.s (sheet 1 of 10).

0 r I zed •

I�

TMt-1425-SM-14

ld'f' NU ••

' 1 0 7•.4R WI.& !llA,. H£00WN ASSf.NIIl1', It ' ' ' T t ' ' ' ' f ' ' ' t IUOO, f0 O.ltNO fiiOM f1f, ()()W'N fll f fH(, ON ONt lfOt.

� .. 0VU CONI AIN.... 1'0 IIU)OWtrl 'IUJMi. ON OIJottt SoiOI 01 aucx

....

l; - - - - - - £.

� � LOAD AS SHO-• '-.,. . . . . . • • • • • . !WI! QUA'!'<!rtf)' �!CjMf !"MOJO � II'(Df(_.lU ftfOOW'N UMING$ CAkl �· I 1ao lN

1) �1 / 4 .. I

/ � / I '\ � •o•/,,..; ' . • • • • • 'IN�.: . .. ,.!...:'"".!.. •

£. H�Jtr Of 11\1(1; ANO 0t UUC!IC TlUCII, C.UOO, S JOH

lOAO

, .... ....... .. _

lr ' ' ' ' ' f ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 0 wu SlltAI ruoows A�Mtl". 2 UO!>, TO U1'£.NO ft()M Tlf.

� :-- DOWN fl 111NC; ON Ofrro;f $!()(. 0Vtl C()t<OfAIH(U. JO TlfDOvrH 1-ti"TING ON Ontf.l idct Qt TWO(.

... £.

• f-. • I • • • • • • • • • • • • j LOAD AS SHO-IINOK:ATU 1tf_I)(;)'WU finJNG$ Jf( M; QIJAHllf\' ta� ... , f�et:J:i23)

� (All( MAll , 1.500 liS

t-.. 11r-

L y ��� j. ,� ... : • • • • • • • " . . • • •

•ooo llfOOWN flfliNOO ... or UU(.( ANO ot nua. lOAD

.U0C. CAtoo, I fON

D q1t1zed by Googlc

TM 9-1425-314-14

I : , .. � ' l UY NUMIRS • • • • • • • • • • • • (j) wu S1tN A.Ul-"'ttt 'T', 1 tiQO, 1- lO t,..Cl�tCU_ ff4( , ... u Cll CON-TA•NU'l

0 W�t SIU, 11100WN �tMit¥, 1 lttoD JO LlU(N() t.I'()M 11f• bOWN IIIHHC ON 0Nl $lDf., ... 1- i OVU: CONIAINCt\, 10 UfOOw"N r - - - - ·- - ltOING OH OII'IU lo•OI Of' JIPU('I(

� � • • • • • • • T tt/11'. lOAD .U SHOWN • "< .

. . . OU.t.Nflf1' W!(itoll l"-"'.oJQ q � liNOfC..'IU tltiXJWN HTTINGS. CAetf'MA5J ) 1 ).0 lt$

� l ' £ ••. ,, ... _, !

' II# • • . . . . · . ......... • • • • • • \ 0' 11V(ilt IN'�TH J1t'OOWN flfl�G!. 39•1/1. AND tOAD "" lND

Of 111'\KK TIIUCIC. C:.UOO, I TON

, ._ .... ICIY NUMIIIS I • t ' ' t ' ' I • • ' ' ' t W'(l UU_, ASo$.lMMY, 1 t(QO,

1-' l'O fNC!tCU THI fWO 12t (ON-fAtNlU AI ltr«)'WJrf I® wu 5li.A' ,,OOWN �T. J llOO. tO Ut[H1) '10M ua,. � rtlliHG OH OHf Soot. OVlt HUl LAYlt Of (ONfA!HtU. � tO U(.()()W'M IJtTIHO OH Of .. U - - - - - Vo)il 01 ·� ... \lrlt Sn.AP � '• 1 tfQO, fO lHCWCtt Tt41 THtU UJ Q)H. f�(U AS SMQ"tt¥N

I' ... • \_"-..' . • • • • • Y' • • LOAD M SHOWH

(\ .lll.!6. OVNfiilX ��� Wt!O� D � TJ!� FJn!HOl CAtU WAST ' ·- ).tM \IS .

\ - · � \ r, •

... rj)

r-�· � � ln • • • • • • •

-... �ru TltOOWN hnw«:a

TJIIIO(, C:.UOO, S TOH

I-'(1'""' �-9. Sl>ipmeo�l of tlwl ooble """t OIHmbl� Oft t<Ktiool ve/UcJeo (tlwlet 1 of 10).

�ovtlt ..

4-11 D q '' e' .., ( ,oogle

TM 9·142.5-384-1 4

I t ' I II

.... - -

• I 2)

• fOe( f.N O Of- TtUCK

I I I I II

... ·-

c �)

� fOitl ,..., Of ll\iOC

,. ... I I ' I I I

- - - - - -

,. .. I '

I

. . . . . . NDICAftS f!£DO",,,"N Flfl1HC.$

.

• • •

I I I I

- -

PI " I •

• • • •

• •

I.,..,.!

- .

I

• tiU(I(,

I f

- -

I I TIEOOWN f.lfTINQ.S

!! • • •

;I KfY NUMIIIS ' ' ' CD WU S'IMP ASSEN-.si.Y. 4 .{00.

f- <D 10 �-Cll 'Jtt(' TWO (2) C'C)N. l AJN"(t!. AS SHO".VN. WEI �R.V Tlt'DOWN AS.Si:NA:..Y; 4 CEOO, TO IXllNO r� fJt. DOWN flfTlNG ON Ctof' SIDE. OVU fUIS.l 1.A VEl Of CONl AINftS., TO Tlt"OO'A'N flniHG Ol't OOf(t.

-- - - 'i<D $10l Of ntocr..

v.1� SliiAI' ASS£MMY, 2 tcoo. TO ffl:ClltClf r� TWJI(-f (3} C�

I JAIN.ffi:!'. A$ �Jot. l.OAO AS SHOWN

,. 1.!!M.. 0\fNlliN C&.lhf MAST ' . 3 .-

·� • • •

,. .... : I 69-3/'

r 'i \ I tJD . ., ' ' 11 ,...

' '

o o ': o 'i • OJ I lftJCI< s TON • NO'CA t U r• EOC>wN mnw c;.s AND lO AD

KEY NUMiftS ' ' ' ' ' (i) W(l STUflt Asst.'-\.&U, 2 tfOO�

II TO (HCtltCU: fHE fHlj:( U) CON• lA!HtCS AS SHO'NN. <D Wft S"f�tt tlfOOWN ASSlMelY, '1 t£ 00 , TO fXIENO f .aM liE. OO'WN fin INC ON ONl SlOE. 0¥1::1 f.=aST t.A.vt:.R Of CONIAlNln, TO TltOOwN fiTTING Qf.l Otw.t - - $10f Of Tlil'UCIL wtt SiiAP fi(OOWU A5SL.¥.11Y', l 11'(00. TO f_Xf!:Nj) f� Tlf• 00Wt� fiTTING ON Of(f .&IDI.. QV U Sl( � O J.A 'f' (:l Qf CON'l"'"' f�S. TO HEOOWN fllllNO ON Oft4EII $lot Of tRUCe.

I I I HEM lOAD AS SHOWN

�ANHTV IG CAkf M.ASr • .. � ... , ..

' � '

1l>D , ' '

¥! • • , . Of 'TIIJCt li('OQW'fll Flfr INGS AN'O lOAD

1'1UOC, CMCO, S JON

Figure 4·9. Ship1M1!! qf IM oabk m43! ",.""'bl11 011 tacti<xll vehicleo (&heet � of 10).

Digitized by Googl

TM9-1425·3M-14

.... I I - I T �......, .. -

.. . . . - - · - - - l r-!-

• • • • • • • •

fNC*:AttS IJ>At) \ AHCHOI IOINTS

' �

I IHOK:.AfU LoJ. ANCH011 �

fOil fNO 01 fiAILfl

- -0 Wll STIAP TIBlOWH •WNLY. t lltQO. fO UTtNO fiONI \.OAO

AHC:HOe POtNf ON ONl $101. OVU CONJAI ... I, TO LOAD .,._ CMOI IOIHT ON OTtiD $101 Of fiAUJt.

,. I i

U·l/4 ..

I lOAD AS SMO-

I � lilA! OUANTITV M;JGttl C'-""0� CAilf .... r ····-············ ............ ·•. I .. " . "' " ... -· _, " .. ,.., ... ,._ IT

I

• I l Of T•A'll« IIHO tOAD

IN!*:AfU lOAO ANCMOI I'OtNTS

$IMMAUI, STMI. 12 TOH

f'iu"re 4-9. Shipment of the rob/e miJOI M8embly "" l<lcticaJ tJehick.• (•heel s of tO).

4-35 Digitized by Coogle

TMt-1425-384-14

. -j �r J-w:"""' ..... • t. t t t t t • t • t t • r I

.. -•

i ' · - - -

•

• • • . . J. . . • • • • • • • • •

IHDICATfS � AHOtOI f'CHHTS �

0011��-INCMCAJU LOAD AHCHCe �

UY NUPUP <D Wit STI» liiOOWN •SSI.._Y, J lltQO. fO IXffNO fiOM lOAD

AHCMOit �T ON ONf Sial. OYH CONTAIHIIS. TO lOAD /ftM.. OfOI IOINT ON OTHlt SfOI Of ttAIUL

r .. r, LOAD AI SilO-

I 1!1!! QUANTITY Wltottf tAI'fiiO)Q I \Jtr CAIU ""'' •••<>•"''''''''''"''�O .. MO><O 0 , .................. _ .. , . .... ..

• t . J. ..... � ..., """' INOfCAfU LOAD AHCH01 POWTS

s-. SfMI, 12 TON

FiguNI 4·9. Sh.ipment of tlw cable ma81 "'"embly &n l(lcliwl vehicl� (sheet 6 of W).

' I f-o r-

'-f-o r-

'

•

4-36 '

Digitized by Coogle •

TM9-1425-384-14

330 " - f-- ' r "'PPOOX> . I n ... .

t-r---� �

I

�

fOitf [NO Ofi TlAIU:a

�

I I I I I I I I r r r r t I r ' '

I

-- - - - - · - .. - - --

I I � INOi'-"0� lOAD �CI<Ot �U>TS I I I I I I I I

�

IN�TES lO#d> AHCHOI llt(XNtS

ICIT -IPS 0 WU STU�' Afswa&. Y, 2 ttaO. 10 INCIICU twt TMUI CS'I CON-

(!) TAINfH. Wll STitAP TIIICOWN MM .... Y. J ltQO, TO IXTtNO HIOM !.GAO AHCHOt PCMNT OH ONf $101, OYI8 CONTAlNIIS, TO I.OAD AN-.. t'"l OtOI K>IIN1' OH OJMI.I 5101. 01 TIAILII.

i ll 1\r • '

lOAO AS SHOWN

.liiii!. QUAHtiTY M��....oJO CAIU ..... T .. ·--··········· .... -... "···-· • ..... ·····-· .. ..... • 2.).10 Ll$

t · 01 - - LOOO

� -

i � �

.L l . . lfOCATU l� AHCH01 "C)WWITS

S8fltiAI .. STMCI. 12 tON

Figure �-9. ShiJ>ment of tlu< cable mast au�mbl¥ on tac ti<:al vehicles f•�l 1 of IO).

Digitized by <4'.117->g le

TM9·1425·384-14

-

•

.. . ·

•

•

..... :I �u- WHO>O

' t t ' t t ' ' r ' r r '

- - - - -

' ' ' ' ' ' ' &j ' ' ' ' �� ' ' ' c:t. � INOICATD LOAD ANOtOI IOWT$

\ ' (

' ' ' ' ' ' "· r---.. ·>W--<"1

' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

IIY NUMies (!) Wfl ITI.U AWMilY, 2 lfQO, tO fNCIIQl fH( TwO 0� � TNNII$ AS SHOwN.

(!) Wll STIAP TIEOOWN ASS(MtlY, 1 tfOO. TO UffNO NOM lOAD AHCHOl IOIHT ON ONE SIDE. OYtl fttST LA.Vf. 01 C'OHlA....-1$. TO lOAD AHOtOI IOIHY ()N Ohttt S*Ot Of TaA�ta.

{!) Wll IliA# AISIMIM.Y, 2 lfQO, fO fNCitCU THf THtf( ()) COH­TAJNM$ AS Sf«)Wtoo,

JllM CUAHTITJ CAlli MAST '"·-····�···-········-· .. -·... 41 ... ·-········-···-·-

l'lgu"' �-9. Ship11«mt of the cable m01t a�sembl¥ on tacti<:al ,-.,hicle• (sheet 8 of 10).

.. ..

� .. ..

Diglt1zed by Google

·r n ..

..

l: •

•

rM 9·1425-314-14

.))I"' t--tr (AF'HOXJ

'o:

r f T r r I I f t f I t t

-

I . , '

lt 11\1�1 I I I cp I NO tC ATU l0AP A�Oit f'OfN1S �

I I I I ' I r

\ \ I I I I

INI)ICAf€$ lOAO AH0101t POINT$

t · 01 fiAI.\(1 AHO LOAO

KIY NUMIIIS

<D Wf.& STU# AS.SlMMY, • ltfQO, TO fNC1Kll T� TWO (2) (ON. YAIHII$ AS SHOWN.

(!) WU SliM Tll:OOWN AS.siMkY. • tfOO. TO UTINO HOM LOAD ANCHO* POiNTS ON ONI SID£, O'VU fltSf LAYER Of CONTAIN­ERS. TO lOAD AHCHOl ..ONl$ ON 01HII Slot Of TIAtLII.

(!) Wft ST11.V A$SlN.Il.l', 1 1100. tO fH(IIC\1 THE htltl f1) CQH, fAINflt$ AS $H()W'N,

LOAO AS ,..OWN

QUANTITY . .... .. ,, . . ' ..... . s

WIICiHT JNt!OII') 3.900 ll$

., 1-1-

i 1--

IHOICArtS LOAD ANC.I40* P(MNTS

SIMiftAIUI, STAICI. 12 TON

Fiq11ro .1·9. Ship·ment o/ the cable ,...,, assembly on tactimt vehicles (sheet 9 of 10).

Digitized by l{;u;:,g le

TM 9-1425-314-14

_jl"'•-----------»•· --------------l,

·l I ;, .. ..,.._ 1.-'I'I'"OlQ n .. :· . . . . : . . . .. ..

... · t --11--- - ---- -ll--- - --- - -11--li--+- - --- -

•

• .., ' ' ' £ I I I I

I

fOO.f fNO Of tRAltBI

,...

: t -0: UtAilfl ANO lOAO

INDICATU lOAO ANC.,.Ot POfl\fTS

kiY -

0 Wfl $TU.P ASSIMit.'t', 2 1�00. 10 (NCII'CL( TM( T�f t3) CQN.

® TAINfiS AS �.

Wfl STlA' hfOO'WN AMI'MkY. 2 tfOO. TO f.JUtNO HOM LOAD ANCHOR P()lNt ON ON( StDf, Ov£1 f-1151 \AY[I 0,_ CONTAIN· liS. TO LOAD ANCH041 'OINT ON 011"£1 511)( Of TIAll£1.

@) WEI STIA' TIEDOWN ASSEMkY, 3 IEQO. TO f)(lfNO fiOM lOAQ ANCHOt POINT ON ON.( !.tbl. QV[I SlCOND lAY(I 0' CON. TAINUS. TO lOAD ANCHOR POlNl ON OlHU SU)f Of TI-'JLEI.

lOAD AS SHOWN QUANTITY

........ ..... ·- -. 6 ···- ·-·- •.

W(ICHT jAPPitOX) .. ,bjO LIS

SIMitiAkll, SfAICI. 12 TON

Figure 4·9. Shipment of the cable ma.•t tu��Wmbly <m tact.ical t-ehicle• f-•heet 10 of 10).

Digitized by Coogle

LOADING, TIEDOWN. & UNLOADING

PROCEDURES FOR THE SHIPMENT OF

PERSHING MISSILE SYSTEM POWER STATION IN TACTICAL VEHICLE

!HIS Ot.AWI>IG IS AnliCAIU 10 !HE

fOllOWING IACIICAl VEHICLE$'

VEHICLE PAGE IIUCl, CAIIGO, 2·1/2 ION.... 3 !RUCK, CAIGO, $ ION ........... 4 SEMIIIAILSI, SIAllE, 12 10N.. $

CAUTION:

IEf£1 10 G£NEIAL NOTES AHO

,.OCEDUIES ON PAG£ 2. ,.101

TO OPERATIONS.

DO>IOISCAL£

TM9·1425-384-14

-

Digitized by �<tlogle

TM 9-1425-314-14

4-42

GENERAL NOTES

A. THIS DRAWING COVUS PROCEDURES APPUCA8LE 10 THE TRANSPORT OF PERSHING Ml�llf SYSTEM POWER SIAIION, IN/ON IACIICAl TYPE VEHICLES. IF OTHER TYPES OF CARGO ITEMS ARE TRANSPORTED WIIH THAI SHOWN, THE TOTAL LOAD MUST IE COMPATIBLE AND

THE ADDEO ITEMS MUST IE SECURED WIIH WEI SIUP ASSEMBLIES, AS REQUIRED 10 PREVENT DISPLACEMENT DURING tttANSPOJtfAfiON.

B. DEPICTED PROCEDURES APPLY 10 THE VEHICLES DES· IGNAIEO HEREIN, MODIFIED TO INCLUDE IHE UNIVERSAl· lY APPLICABlE "liED OWN KIT" CONSISTING Of IIEOOWN filliNGS IN THE CARGO 8£0 AND W£8 STRAP IIEOOWN ASSEMILIES.

C. THE lOAD, WHENEVER POSSIBlE, SHOULD IE CENTERED IN TRUCK OR ON TRAilER IN ORD£1 10 PROVIDE EQUAl ANGlE HOlD DOWN ev wee STRAPS. lOCAlE THE lAD· lNG lENGTHWISE IN/ON THE VEHIClE AS SHOWN TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER IIEDOWN.

D. All wee STRAP IIEDOWN ASSEMBliES Will BE SECURElY HOOKED INTO TIEOOWN FIJTINGS AND FIRMLY TEN· StON£0. EXERCISE CARE IN STRAP APPLICA1tON. AVOID TWISTS IN STRAPS AND INSURE STRAIGHT lAY Of STRAP ON lAKE-UP SPOOl OF RAICHE! WHEN TENSIONING. liE lACK lOOSE ENDS OF STRAP. A TENSIONED STRAP MUST FORM AI lEAST ONE WUP ON IAKE·UP SPOOl Of RATCHET.

f. DETAilS OF POWER STATION,

ITEM DIMENSIONS-trlONG X 49-vJIDE X 71"'HIGH. G«OU wttOHl · 3,291 lts (API't!OX).

F. IF SEMITRAilER SIDE RACKS ARE 10 eE TRANSPORTED ON THE IRAILU, THEY Will BE SlACKED ON THE REAR· WARD END AND SECURED WIIH A SUFFICIENT OUANIIIY Of WEI STRAP IIEDOWN ASSEMeUES 10 PREVENT lOSS DUliNG TRANSPORT.

IF BOWS AND CANVAS COVER ARE TO IE TRANSPORTED ON THE TRUCK AND THEY CANNOT 8E POSITIONED OR SlOWED IN THE NORMAl MANNER, THEY Will 8E LOADED WITHIN THE CARGO eOOY AND SECURED WITH A SUFFICIENT OUANIIIY Of W£8 STRAP TIEDOWN AS· SEMIUES TO PREVENT THEIR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO THE lADING DURING TRANSPORT.

\

LOADING. TIEDOWN. AND UNlOADING PROCEDURES

lOADING AND TIE DOWN,

STEP I. SEI 8RAKES ON TRANSPORT VEHIClE. FOR I RUCK, OPEN TAILGATE.

STEP Z. IEMOVE CANVAS COVEl AND lOWS FROM TRUCK OR SIDE RACKS FROM SEMITRAILER.

STEP 3. ATTACH HANDLING SLING TO liFT POINT ON POWER STATION

STEP 4. ATTACH HOOK OF HOIST 10 SLING AND CARE· FUllY RAISE AND POSITION ITEM IN tRUCK OR ON TRAILER. lOCAlE AS SHOWN.

STEP S. AFTER ITEM IS lOWERED INTO PROPER POSITION IN/ON VEHiClE CARGO 8ED, DETACH SliNG. POSITION AND TENSION WEI STRAP II£00WN AS· SEMBLifS lfOR APPLICATION OF STRAPS SEE GENERAl NO IE "D", AIOV£1.

STEP 6. FOR TRUCK, ClOSE AND SECURE TAILGATE. Sff GENERAl NOTE "F", ABOVE.

UNlOADING:

sTEP I. SEI 8RAKES ON IRANSPOIIVEHIClE. FORIRUCK. OPEN TAll GATE.

STEP 2. REMOVE CANVAS COVEUNOIOWSFROM TRUCK OR SlOE lACkS UOM SEMITRAilER. REMOVE W£1 SIR .. P IIEOOWN ASSEM8liES.

STEP 3. ATIACH HANDLING SLING 10 LIFT POINT OF ITEM AND LIFTING HOOK TO SUNG. RAISE ITEM SUF. FICJENTl Y 10 ClEAR 08SIAClES. SWING CLEAR OF VEHIClE AND lOWU 10 GROUND OR PlAT· FORM.

STEP 4. REMOVE H•NDLING GEAR AND EQUIPMENT.

STEP S. REPlACE lOWS AND CANVAS COVER ON !lUCk OR SIDE RACKS ON SEMITRAilERS. IF REOUIUD. FOR IIUCK, ClOSE AND SECURE fAll GATE.

�"' HO. Shipment of t/ui power &tntion in l<lcl:ical !!<lhide (•/ieet. t of 5).

Digitized by Coogle

C2 TM 9-1425-384-14

INDICATES TIEDOWN fiTTINGS

_J.S!> ;, • • • • ( v .

II� - - - - - -

d [' • \1), • • • •

0" IAJ>PROXI--1L_I-____ _

� 14r TO 211'·------.j

r "A"

FORE £HD Of TRUCK

L .....

SICTION "A-A"

KEY NUMtUS

{DWE8 STRAP TIEOOWN ASSEM8LV (I!J REOOJ, POSITION AS SHOWN fROM CARGO SED TIEOOWN FiniNG TO TIEOOWN RING ON ITEM.

®WEB STRAP TIEOOWN ASSEMBLY (2 Rf:CIOI, POSITION A$ SHOWN FROM CARGO lEO TIEDOWN fiOING OVER ITEM TO CARGO 8£0 TIEDOWN FiniNG ON OTHEA.SIOE OF TRUCK

lOAD AS SHOWN

ITEM QUANTITY WEIGHT IAPPROXI

flOWER STATION 1 ........... -... ............ 3,2$1 L&S

TIUCK, CUGO, 2-Y, JON

M$009141 1 f'llw• 4-10. Ship'"'"' o.frht po- mlion In ••ctiCQ/vehkl• (111«1 J of 5).

Digitized by Coogle

TM 9-1425-384-14

..

.. .

..

FORE END OF 1AUC1(

C2

�-�·---------- 168" TO 244" ------------1· I t t t ' ' t ' t ' ' '

UJ. . - -

d �

' A \ �

L .. l ..

SECTION "1-1"

--·\- r-

- - - -

If "' . \ I I I � I A � I

0 INDICATES TIEOOWN FITTINGS

L.-·PONER STATION

KEY NUMIEU

{!)wtl STAAl' TIEDOWN ASSEMBLY II REQD), POSITION AS

SHOWN FROM CARGO 1£0 TIEOOWN F�'n'ING TO TIEOOWN

RINGS ON IT£M

@WEI STRAP TIEDOWN ASSEM8LY 12 REQOI. I'OSITIOII AS

SHOWN FROM CARGO lEO TIEOOWH FITTING OVER ITEM

TO CARGO BEO TIEOOWN FITTING ON OTHER SIDE OF

TRUCK

LOAD AS SHOWN

iUM QUANTITY WEIGHT (A.PPAOXJ

POWER STATt()N .......................... 1 ............... --········ .. ··3.211 LIS

TIUCK, CAIOO, 5 JON,

M-1�1

Digitized by Coogle

C2

I "C"

L. .. c ..

UCTION "C·C"

TM 9-1425-384-14

-·------.,·1 t ' t t ' '' '

INDICATES LOAO ANCHOR �•NTS

ICIY NUMIIIS

(Dwu rr� .... TIEDOWH AiKMeLY II �1001. POIITION AI IHOWN f"OM LOAD AHC>IO" I'OINT ON TUILI" TO TIEDOWH "'Mel OH onM.

(%! Wll ST�A' TIEDOWH ASHIIILY 12 "1001. POSITION AI IHOWN '"011 LOAD ANCHOII I'OINT OH TI'AILI" OVU ITEM TO LOAD AMCHOft POINT ON OTHEIII SIDE OF TfiiAILllll.

LOAD AS SHOWN

ITlll QUANTITY WEIGHT IAI'PIIIOX! -!lOWER ITATIOH ...... ,_ ........ 1 ....... -. ...... _ . , . , ... l.21t LaS

UMITIAM.II, STAICI, 12 TON

DiqiiZed '' � Coo�k.

TM 9-142$-3U.l4

Section IV. SHIPMENT OF MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT

4-11. Missile Body Section Cradles, Electrical Cable Test Set, and Vehicle Boarding ladders.

a. Preparutio11 .for Shipment. No special proce­dures are required to prepare the cradles and lad­ders for shipment. Inspect the items for good con­dition; refer to TM 9-4935·262-14 for information pertaining to the electrical cable test set.

b. Shipping Procedure. The method of shipping the c.radles, electrical test set, and ladders is shown in figure 4·11.

4-12. Dolly Set and Adapter U nih. u, Preprtmtimt .for Shipment. If the dolly set

and adapter units have been in administrative storage and post storage processing is required, refer to paragraph 2-19 before performing proce­dures in (1) and (2) below.

(1) Insure that dolly set and adapter units are in good· condition; and that front and rear trucks are secured as prescribed for storage (TM 9·1450·380-14).

(2} Apply grea..�e (item 16, table B-1) to un­painted surfaces. Cover preserved surfaces with barrier material (item 5, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 35, table B·1).

b. Shipping Procedure. The method of shipping the dolly set on tactical vehicles is shown in figure 4-11. The tow bar should be disconnected from the dolly set. There are no special meth�s for tiedown of the tow bar and adapter units; the

'

only requirement is that the items be tied down or blocked sufficiently to prevent movement while in transit.

4-13. ST -120 in Tactical Container and Servoamplifier.

lt. Prep(tm t-im• for Shi]Jnumt.

4-46

Before moving ST-120, insure that it is securely mounted in handling frame as­sembly.

Note If barrier envelope in which replacement ST-120 is packed is resealable, use it in packing the replaced ST-120.

(1) Fabricate a barrier envelope for ST-1� and install envelope on inner frame ass�mbly of ST-120 container as shown in figures 4-12 and 4-13.

n��,1?:N 1 Do not tear polyethylene liner when in­stalling ST-120 in barrier envelope.

(2) Insert ST-120 in barrier envelope, using four nylon guide rods (fig. 4-13} to locate ST-1'� on mounting pads of frame.

(3) Remove four guide rods, one at a time, and install socket-head capscrew MS24675-46. Set torque wrench handle to 90 inch-pounds and tight· en capscrew.

(4) Wrap plastic sheet liner around ST-120 Pack cushioning material (item 12, table 8-1) around sides and on top of liner. Place 28 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) on top of cushion­ing material.

(5) Perforate barril:'r envelope in center of one side and install humidity indicator (item 19, table B-1).

(6) Evacuate air from barrier envelope and heat seal envelope as prescribed in TM 38-230.

(7) Install cover on carrying case and lakh cover securely.

(8) Install tamperproof wire seal (item 29, table B-1) on each of two opposite cover latches.

(9) Wrap servoamplifier with polyethylene plastic sheet (item 28, table B-1) and secure with tape (item 36, table 8-1).

(10) Evenly distribute 32 units of desiccant (item 13, table B-1) around servoamplifier and secure with tape (item 36, table B-1).

Note Usually, servoamplifier can bt> packaged in fib'.lrboard container in which it was received. However, iff a container is not available, fabricate a 15- by 13- by 8-inch fiberboard container as prescribed in TM 38-230.

(11) Pack servoamplifier in a fiberboard con­tainer using cushioning material (item 12, tsble B-1).

Digitized by Coogle

(12) Secure container with tape (item 36, ta­ble &-1).

(13) Secure humidity indicator (item 19, table B-1) to the container with tape (item 36, table B-1).

(14) Wrap container with barrier material (item 4, table B-1) and heat seal as prescribed in TM 38-230.

Note

Usually, interior container can be pack­aged in fiberboard container in which

it was received. However, if a container is not available, fabricate a 81-1/4- by 23-1/2- by 29-1/4-inch fiberboard con· tainer as prescribed in TM 38-230.

TM9-142S-314-14

(15) Pack container (interior container) in ex­terior container, using cushioning (item 1%, table B-1) (fig. 4-14).

(16) Secure all joint& and seams of the ex­terior container with tape (item 36, table B-1).

b. Shipping Procedures. Crate the ST-ll!n and aervoamplifier as shown in figure 4-15.

4-14. Component and Test Set Containen.

No special procedures are required to prepare or ship the miscellaneous containers on tactical vehi­cles. Insure that the containers are positioned in the vehicles so that they will not shift during transport. Use universal tiedown straps as re­quired to secure the load.

Digitized b �oogle

TM9-142S-384-14

o .... NO'III

A. THII WAWW..O � �OUits � fO "'- TMHI­�t 01 fHI MtSCRLANIOU$ GIOUHO IUHOIT IQUJ:PMI:Nf. NIII•IG MdMI IVITIM. *' tACTICAl 'm'IQU flf OTta "'"' Of C.ta0D ft'I.MS AM 1'IAHIPOMfD WIT14 TMAT SHOWN. M 1'0fAI. � MUST· II COWATIIC.I. ANO IHt ADOIO lflMS MU.$1 If IIQNO WITM WU lta.U •'fl'tiL- AS ltQUIMO TO P11wa 0.. �T OUt..O faNrdiOn'ATICIM. 1ft GIHBAl NOll "-0'"'.

a. .....eactAIS -UCTIO AH\.Y fO TNt TACTICAL vtHKI.ts C810-M1'10 ...... �110 J0 INCLUDI 1'HI UNf'I'IISAU.Y � al -TIIOCS:N ,t.tMlY"' CCifGIIT1NO 0# T.oowN Jm..OS lit TMI CMG0 - ltHl> Wft STIN TIIOO'M:t AS8N'al&

C:. M &OM, .., ..... ICTI.I, IHCMJ). C..l! ID &AfiiAUY .. t'IUa 01 TIAILII JH ORDII 10 NOYIDI lQUAl AHOLI NOlO DOWN If Wll SfiN'S. LOCAYI M LADN) lJNG1'NWIII .. vtHt­at AI ..,..4 tO fiiiOYtOI 'Cit ...,.. fJUIOIMII,

D. MI. WB ,.,.., fiiCICM:I ...... MU.. IIOJIII,.Y HOC:IUO lHPO 1..0 s¥14 ""IHQt NfO ,._y 1W'G08. � CAll IN lnM .,._�·"tON. AVOIO TW11T1 .. JT1N1 liMO ..... S1tAaOMt lAY 0P ITUP cat t� J1100t Of Mto.t' WHIM 1'11'.1CII•G. Til IACX \OOSf INOS Of SfLV. A fiN$o()NfO IJUP MUir � Af liAIT Of« wtA# ON T� IIICICl 01 IAIOIIT.

I. leU" � �AMI)� ON Wll SfiNt A'P'Mllll M.l • &CCA1'1D 10 ..,..... A PAD .,.._ S1UIIS PASt OYiil .w. ti:IGII 01 niMI 01 CCIN1'.U ...

I. DlfM Of ,._,

...... CIAOU 1fT. GM

IOOY SfCTIOH .. .-. .A" LO • 11_,/4'" WIOI • )t'" tWOtt .• 211 Lll mr liT, ntenM:A&. CMU.N<� v::;;::1� ... l4H lO • ar WIDf • w HIOH. ........ ..

toe' IJIN). s 10H -.a .... -.. ·-····-·-·_.,. LG • w wa • r MIOM. •. -.. -... • lM

DOUY liT. ft.tMo. 101111 .. ,. ___ Mr lG a 7T W1D1 • 4" 1110K .... _ ... ,

O. PIOCIO-JIU SMOWN ..... WtC'f fHI TIIOOWN Of OM1' c::ll*

fU mM 01 at, ... JUNI'OitltNG VIMICll1 HOWlYII. Gll.Atfl QUNmTIU 0' OHf 01 MOll IJlllQI!D If OISIIfOJ Of t"" IT't.M$ ltMT • l&NGN»TIO _, llMr ONI V1*CL1 " e.uGO SPACI Pit. .wts. lOCATION Of ITIM 01 Sl:f wn'H_, nc WHIIC.\IS SHOWN ._.. • T'rtiCAI,.; UXA!1 tO SUIT LOADING IIQUIIIMfNTS.

• NOCIDUIU liMY TO WIAVV lffMS WHI(H MAV • 1.0AD10 01 UNLOADID �HO MICMANICAl HAflriOUNO tQVIPMIHl. UOMf WIIOMT ITINII ltOA.O It �y KAHCIUO ONTO AHO Off fHI JV.HifaeTINO VIHKU.

DO HOY SCMI

LOdiNO. neowN. & \N.OAOINO I'IOC•• 11•

LOADING � TIEOC)Mrt, ST1P t. SfT MMU ON JIAHIIOIT YIMICLI. c.tN·f� GAff.

STIP 2. tiNCYI CANVAS C:OVU �D lOWS. ,, ... UI.Hf. AHO IP lfiM II tO If LOADfD av VSl 01 TIUC:C. WlfClta. 01 ctANl, flUCit NCIUNliO, 01 POH Uff Wfi/OOM AnAOt­NIIHT. , ... CANVAS COVII ANO lOWS MAT N IBY .. ftACI WMfN LOA.IMNG twt lftlilrl\ IN/ON Vlt«ll LI»>I N)ll "" 1'I'UC:a W/0 100M AnAOMHT. AH/0 WMEN fftM ll MAHUAU. Y LOADfD ... /ON YIMICLI. lftM MUST • I.OMID fiJOM UA1 CW fiUC& ot ftAILH WHIH UIIHO IOIC ...., W/0 100M AnAOWfNT.

SfP S. �nACM HAHOUHG lUNG TO tftM.. '' fOIC: l� ftUCI[ W/0 IIC)C)MI AnAOWIHf 1$ TO M UIIO. 01: floe 111M d TO II MAHUAU.T LOo\OtO, M twrelliHO SUNG IS N01 .. -·

lTV 4 ARACH tfOOIC. 0' TRUCK. wti·CCII, 01 CIANI. nutX MOUNTIO, tO SLING AHO CAIINUY lA. IINO fJOSfTON ..... '" .....cu.

ITfJI l. Anti tfi.M IS lOWIItO IN10 ,_,... POSrfi()N ON WMCLI DITACM kWG, If ,.UEHl. P0$11t0H AND TltdH)H -$tiN' ftlOOWN As$1"*111 � APPUCATtOH 01' $TIM$ IH GIHUA&. NOrtS 'V' AHO -.,.

SliP . . 111"-ACl lOWS AND CANVAS Covtl, '' 'tQlJW QOII AHO SfQIII fAA GAft,

�. Sftr I. •r laAKl.S ON TUHIIOIT V!MIQ.I, ClfiiN TA& GATL

SID'l. lllMOY'l CANVAS COVII AHO lOW$, IIJ HtUHt . .ve ., ITlM 1$ TO M UNLOMitO l't' Ull Of TIIUCI:, .. CZ'H. C. CIANI, TIUCK MOUHTIO, 01 Po. utT fiUOC W/0 100M ATTAC�t. TNt CAHYAS CO'tft AHO lOWS ltNff If \IPt fN "'A(f: WHIN MAHUAU T UNlOADING 1'NI IYIM NOM TH1 VEMICLl 01 WMIH USING �I( un TIUCC W{O to0M AnACHMIHf.

S'fl' I. lttMOYt Wfl $ttA' TIIDOWN ASSl.MI-.tU ... f11M .. T'IAJrcSIIC)ef YUIIQ.l,

... 4. �PlAT ITI' J, MOVI. ITIP J. ATTACH HOOIC 0' tiVC:C .. wtlCI:tl. 01 CIANI, TIUCC

MOUHTID. 01 HOOC OH 800M Of fOliC Uff tala. lO aiNG. c:Aif:fUL'-'l lAIII IJIM �T TO QIAI Olio SlACl.U, SWING CL.lAI 0# VI"IO.I. lOWH J0 OIQlN) 01 MTJIOIM AND lfMOvf HANJl..-G GlAI AND EO .... n

.

WMfH UJMofG fiOI:C Uf1 ftUCit W/0 100M An� M

UNlOAOIHG Of THf Vf:H.CU WIU M AICOOF,I'l18410 fiOiill n4 ttAI IHO; f..,.U �Dfl ITIM. AH0 lAIIl ON. 't ...... ClfNnY TO C1IAI ItO 01 YDUQ.t, ltMCNI ..oM WIICd: AHO I.OW'fl TO G10UN0 01 PI.AlfiOI:M.

S'IP 6. QOSI AHO SfCUI'I TAft. GATI Of WHIQI, If AV�' 01 If ftQUitfD, lfti\ACI lOWS AMO (NNAS «:XW1R ON "'*"·

Figvre �·11. Sh.ipme'!ll of the miscellmteo1U ground ""Pp<Jf'l equipment "" tactical veloic/et (1/leet 1 of�).

Digitized by Coogle

�HOI(ATf$ tc(IX,..,. hUlNG$

TM 9·1425-384-14

llfY NUMIIIS WU STttN lllDOWN AMEMilY, I •too. TO lNCIK\f TME TWO (2) taADlU.

WU $flAP TlfO()WN AS$EMI4Y. 2 tEQO, TO ()C,lfNI) FIOM Tit• DOWN flrrtNO ON ONE $.10(, OVU CIAO!.£ SU, TO Tt(OOWH fiThNG ON 01'HU SlOE Of 11AilU.

!!!!! caA.Dlf sn

LOAD AS SHO­OUANTITY

I ...

fOil fNO Of TIAI\U

•

G1

•

t Of TRA.Ilfl MIO lOAD

INOICArtS TIEDOWN FITTING$

-. • • •

' ' Ill------- · ••!M T� , •• -

• •

• . ' . .

• • INCMCAffS TIEDOWN flniNGI

ftAILa. CMGO, 1.1/2 TOft

:I �

....

!:.L-•

(j) l(fY Nil-

WEt STlAP TlfOOWN A.$$EMIL Y, t ltfQO, TO EXTEND FltOM Til· DOWN fmiNC ON �E $1()(:, AIOUNO (IADU Sll. TO TlfDC)Wtl,l finiNG Of\ol 5AME SIDE 0# T� •

LOAD AS SHOWN JW4 QUANDT! WIKitll W!!(OO CltAOll Slt ...... � ...................... ,... . I -·········-······.. . . 211 Llo$

-j .. -

111UC1C. CoUGO. 2·112 a S TON

Digitized by '4fogle

TM9-1425-384-14

fORt fHO 01 TUJLII

ICIY MIMIPS @ WU STRAP flf� AWMII.'r, 1 lfQD, TO lNCJIClf lHI T.-tl

f3) PAOCAGU.

Q} Wll $TIN TlfOOWH ASSfN61.T. 1 tlQO. TO OOINO FlO¥ Til· OOWN fitTING ON ON( $10(, OV'£1 THf: TKttl UJ PA(�S. TO

11EDOWN fiT'hNG ON 01HU SIDE Of TIAilfl.

LOAD AS Slt-.IWL QUANTITY id!lilfl W!!tQXI

fUT Slt. fLKTI't<:Al CAkl ..... , 1 ..................... ..

· · -

TEST KT. lUCTIK:AL CAlLI

1o4,.. TO Uf"

• • •

l-li\

' • . ,

INOtCATU n

)()" fOI .....

TUT SU. fliCTRJCAL CA1U

1 . m '

I l· Of' T�ll.ll: AHO LOAD

'IU'•· CAIOO, 1-112 TON

• • •

.

- -

• • • f.tntHGI

-l w 1

kl'l' NUMIItS (!}, 'Nil Slit» TlfOOWN A$$1MI&.V, 1 lfQD, TO tNC11Clf

Ttll lHifl (2) PACKAGIS.

(i) Wit STI.V TtfOOWN A$SlN6lY, 2 •taO. TO fJtllNO NOM TllOOWH FiniNG � ON( Slot, OVU THE ftdiH C,, PACIUIGIS. TO ntDCM'N ''"� ON OfMEI SlOl Of IlliCit

lOAD AS SltO-

JWl QyANT!T'r WI!Ott! WNO!O TUT SIT. flKTitCAl CAlLI ...... .. 1 ............... ........ .

CS KOSI

... t I l .. Of IIUC< AN0 LOAD

TIIUCII, CAIOO, 2·112 & 5 TON

Fil}14re �·11. Shipment of the -misoollaneous grouNd 1upp!>rl equ;pment on. ta<tical vehicle• (lheel S of�).

Digitized by Coogle

�� tHO 01 llUCIC

INOICAIU TI(Q()WN llf11NC$

lADe)( I

TM 9·1425·314-14

KIT HU??I. (!)wn STIAP ltfOOWN •WMMY, I tlQO, TO UCnNO fiOM r •. OO'WN flntHG OH TM GATf ON OHl $10l, AIOUHO AHO IA(I r.-v llfWflH ITfi'S, UP OWl TO' � LAOOU, AHO DOWN TO TlfOOWN flffiNG OH OTHII t:HD Of TA'L GAll.

lOAD .U SHO-���VfM.CU toAI!OtNG. . OUAHTITY •···· ..... ·-·�Otla�

1----·· .. ... · ---1

1'1tUCIC, C.UGO, 5 lOH

KEY NUiolall5 wtl Sit-U' Jl(DC)'IWN �.MitY, I "(CC, tO l.J(TINO fltOM Jll. [)OWN ltttiG ()h �� Sl.CTION, ()llf.. tOW &.U, lO H(OC)WN liNG ON Ot"f.lt SiiOf Wt:l S.UU T!fOO'WN A�Y, 4 I'(QO, C1 (A01 5!0(.}, 10 fJC, I�NO I�OM I!{OOWN fl1flNG ON IIUJC-', TO 'U(D()WN !"'INt

ON �A.I! SID«i 01 101WAIIO $1Cr!ON WU STIPA, rttD()WN �M6lY, " l!tQO, (? fACH $.10(1, 10 U rtNO 'itOM U(O()WN ftH•NG ON UIUCI(, TO TtUX)WN -lNG ()flo fAA S'ot 01 UAJt SECtJC:.IN

..!lliL LOAD AS SHOWN

9:YA.NIIJY WOGHI Y.'"OJC; DOllY SfT '

IHOICATU. ftflXl'NN HI fl-..c;$ t---n

INO.C.Arf$ Ill· � mtrHGS

1'1tUCIC. C.UGO, 2-112 t. 5 lON YlfW .....

j .,.

�

Figure 4·11. Shipment of th• mi8cellmwowr ground support equipm""t on tocticol OIC!h�/a l•h£el 4 o/4).

TM9·142S-384-14

4-52

32

PlASTIC SHEET LINER r·--------75--------+-1•1 BARRIER MATERIAL

/ 5l0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -�-- - - - - - - - - -1 � I !

-·� r ·r-T±--l......-··1/. I 4·1/� I

GASKET (8)�-�-1).-3/_4_0 r ,-,-.o--3-/�- · t

'

f------------&7-----------..J·I NOTE, All DIMENSIONS SHOWN

ARE IN INCHES. GENERAl. NOTES

A.. FABRICATE BARRIER EN'IflOPf FROM BARRIER MATERIAl (ITEM 6, TABlE &.1) AND PlASTIC SHEET (ITEM 28, TABlE &.1) IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN TM 38·230 FOR METHOD IIA PACKAGlNG.

B. CEMENT GASKETS FA8RICATEO FROM GASI(ET MATERIAl MlloG·12803 TO BARRIER MATERIAL. GASI(ETS SHAll Be 1/II>INCH RUBBER, 1·1/l·INCH 00 X 3f8·1NCH 10.

C. CENTER·FOLO BARRIER MATERIAl AND PlASTIC SHEET liNER, KEEPING THE FOLDS FLAT AND WRINXlE·FREE. KEEP THE GASI(fTS AUNED.

D. HEAT·SEAl PLASTIC SHEET TO 8ARRIER MATERIAl ALONG FOLD AND ADJACENT SIDES TO FORM AN ENVELOP£ WITH INTERIOfl DIMENSIONS MEASURING 32 X 3<> 1/2 IN.

E. PUNCH 3/B·INCH OIA HOLES THROUGH THE GASKETS TO ClEAR AWAY THE &AARIER MATERIAl AND PLASTIC SHEET UNfR.

F'i(IUre �·12. ST-I!lO stabi lized pU.iform barrier envelope constructi<m.

Digitized by Coogle

TAPERED

DETAIL A

BARRIER

ENVELOI'E

NYLON

GUIDE ROD ( .. } SEE DETAIL A

GENERAl. NOTES

P•D

MOUNTING

fRAME

TM 9-1425-384-14

Sl·120

MATERIAL CAI'TI'<'E LOCKNUTS

MOUNTING PAD SECTIONAl. VIEW

A. INST .. ll NYLON GUIDE RODS IN MOUNTING PADS Of SI·I2D CARRYING C•SE MOUNTING FRAME.

8. POSITION BARRIER ENVELOPE GASKETS O'll:R TIPS Of NYLON GUIDE RODS TAKING CARE NOT TO TEAR PIASTK

SHEET.

C. PUS� DOWN BARRIER ENVELOPE UNTIL GASKETS REST ON MOUNTING PAD.

�rtl 4-IS. ST-120 stabiliud plaljornt bon-ier e"velope i111talla tion. MSI�

Digitized by .(.5'Jog le

TM 9-1425-384·14

PICTORIAL VIEW

ICUJAWAYI

WIDTH--�......_

1'-'-:f---1-DEPIH

INTERIOR.__""""--�C"'"'-�-­CONIAINER

GENERAL NOTES

A. DIVIDE THE INNER LENGTH OF CONTAINER IY TWO AND US£ ONLY THAT NUMBER OF CUSHIONS ON TOP AND BOTTOM.

B. DIVIDE THE DEPTH OF LOAD IY TWO TO FIND NUMBER OF LAYERS lfQUIRfD ON SIDES AND ENOS. (US£ NEXT WHOLE NUMIERI

C. CUI HAIR FOR TOP AND 80TTOM TO INNER WIDTH DIMENSION OF CONTAINER. INSERT EDGEWISE.

CUSHION D�P�r lENGTH TYPE 11'1. (IN.(

I (TOP) 8 2A·1/2 II

2 (IOTTOMI • 24•1/2 II

3 (SIDE) 8 23-1/4 II

4 (END) 8 16·1/2 11

ti'ITUIOCKII'IG HAIRPACK

TOP VIEW OF SlOE AND END CUSHIONS SHOWING

ON£ lAYER CONFIGURATION

CORNERS

DEPTH

• ! I

3

Digitized by Coogle

GENEIIAI. NOTES

A. ITEM 10398928 CONSISTS OF ITEM 10398899 AND ITEM 10610800.

8. CONSTRUCT SUPI'ORT (FOR ITEM 10610800). C. CONSTRUCT CRATE (FOR ITEM 10398928).

REFER TO I M 38-230 FOR CUH CON· STRUCTION METHODS.

D. PlACE ITEMS 1()58052• (AI "END 2'') AND 10610800 (AT "END 1") ON THE lASE.

f. NAil THE SUPI'ORT, TOP, SlOES, AND "END T TOGETHU. DO NOT NAil TIE SASE OR "END 1".

F. COIIU ITEM 10610800 WITH SHIIOUD 8135· 211·3899, DRAPE EVfNl Y "ROUND SlOES, AND INSERT IN SUPPORT COMPARMENT.

G. SECURE ITEM 10610800 WITH STEH STRAP· PING 8135-285-•7•7. STAPlE STRAPPING TO SUPPORT ONlY

H. lOll "END I" AND THE 8-'Sf TO THE TOP, SIDES, SUPPORT "NO "END 2".

I. IOfNTIFY THE TOP, MARK "END I" ..S "Of• MOUNT A8l£ END, REMOVE lAG 80US", AND MARK THE CRATE AS "fRAGilE". REfER TO TM 38·230 FOR MARKING INSUUC· liONS.

NO!f,

ITEM 1058052• CONTAINING

ITEM 10580400-9

ITEM 106108009

1 >< 8 LUMIII:R 8 REQO FOR COMPARTMENT Of ITEM 106108009. All OTHER LUM8U l X 4..

All DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN INCHU.

MS 170263

Ffg11n �-15. ST-IiO a11d serooomplifior erati•g (.•/teet 1 oft).

Drtzed 4-55 le

TM9-142S-314-14

2 X 1212 R!O'DI

"END 1"

•• ••

ENOS 1 X 6

r • '· +

3•1/2

"£NO 1"

1 X 3

1 )( 6 · - .

•

11VI81NG $111P$

2 X A 71

"END 2" 76-1/2 � �2 ..... ----- 3 8 ---�-j

- ·

. , · '

SIDES • 22 .,I I

Cf.NIU OF l4lANCf. (31 �XI

lASE

�-----51 ----�� 1 X 6

61 • • Sl -1 /2

• . · - ·

ENDS , , .. 1 X 6

NO IE, ALL OIME.NSION SHOWN All 11'4 INCHES. 1·1/2 [TYP) 010 1<19660

4-56

A L •

Fi(111."' �-15. ST·I�O a11d IC1'W<&mp lifier cruting (sheet 2 of 2}.

D G'' ed ay Google

I

TM 9-1425-384-14

Section V. SHIPMENT OF AZIMUTH LAYING SET

4-15. Preparation For Shipment. 4-16. Shipping Procedure. U the azimuth laying set has been in adminis­trative storage and post storage processing 18 re­q uired, refer to paragraph 2-23.

The method of shipping the azimuth laying sets is shown in figure 4-16.

1 INOTE 1 1 2 (NOTE 21 4 NOIE 3

INOlE 5 I

NOTES,

1. POSITION T!EOOWN STRAPS TO GO OVER AND UNDER COilED CABlES AS SHOWN.

•

F�ONT

2. POSITION WEATHER SHIElD ASSEMBliES WITH WIDE oREARi END OOWN. T!EDOWN STRAP OVER NARROW o FWNI> END.

3. PUT STRAP THROUGH ONE HANDLE ON EACH SIDE OF CONI AINER

•. • INDICATES T<EDOWN FITIING.

5. lOAD CANVAS AND FRAME CONTAINERS SO THAI ONE OF EACH CAN BE REMOVED AI A TIME.

6. CONNECT All STRAPS, EXCEPT FRONT STRAP. TO TIEDOWN FilliNGS ON RIGHT SIDE OF VEHICLE BEFORE LOADING

EQUIPMENT. CONNECT FRONT STRAP TO 80TH FITTINGS. ALLOWING ENOUGH SlACK TO SliDE EQUIPMENT UNDER

STRAP. RATCHET HANDLES OF All STRAPS ARE ON lEfT SIDE OF VEHICLE.

1 - Cable 120WI11 (3) 2 - Cable 60W .a (7) 3 - Weather ahield aaaembly (3) 4 EU container (2) & Tripod and tranalatiAJ

arm container 6 EU container

7 - Tiedown attap (8) 8 - Tripodand tr��tiAJ

arm container (2) 9 - ARU canvu and frame

container (3 ea) 10 - RA container (3)

Ji'igo<re 4-]6. Ship>MIIt of ...,.,.,.u. la¢ng aet 0!1 tactical vehicle.

Ml •92878

��(J&S�;gle •

TM9-142S-384-14

CHAPTER 5 DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Section I. GENERAL

S-1. Scope.

This chapter contains a description of materials and methods used in the destruction of the com­ponents of the PERSHING la missile system. If materiel must be destroyed to prevent enemy use, it must be so badly damaged that it cannot be restored to a usable condition in the combat zone. The same essential parts must be destroyt.-d on all like materiel to prevent the enemy from as­sembling one operating unit from several damaged ones. In some cases, it is preferable to completely destroy some portions of the equipment rather than to partially destroy all of the equipment units. Refer to FM 5-25 ·for use of explosives and demolitions. Refer to International Stand­ardization Agreement, SEASTAG No. 2113, De­struction of Military Technical Equipment.

5-2. Authority for Destruction.

When military equipment is subject to capture or abandonment in the combat area, destruction

� will be accomplished by the using organization , only when such action is necessary in accordance with the orders of the divisional or higher com­mander. The decision as to which materials and methods to use in destroying the equipment is the responsibility of the unit commander. The decision for destruction may vary with the tactical situation, security classification, qua.ntity, location of equipment, and the time available.

S-3. Methods of Destruction.

a. GenernL If destruction is ordered, equipment may be destroyed by explosive demolition, me­chanical means, burning, disposal, abuse, weapons fue, or a combination of these methods. Selection of the proper method of destruction depends upon the resourcefulness of the personnel concerned, the destructive materials on hand, and the time available. Consideration must be given to the safe­ty of personnel involved in the destruction work and of friendly troops in the area.

b. &plosive Demolitimt Explosive demolition is the most effective method for the destruction of equipment. This method of destruction requires careful training and planning, especially when warheads and rocket motors are involved, because

�many high-velocity fragments may result. Pre-

cautions must be taken to protect operational, maintenance, and friendly combat troops from fragments and the blast. Refer to FM 5-25 for the observance of safety precautions when using explosh•es or ammunition.

c. Mechanical Destruction. Mechanical destruc­tion im•olves breaking. smashing, cutting. or multilating to such an e::tent that restoration to a serviceable condition is impossible. This method of destruction is used when there is a shortage of personnel and there is not sufficient time w destroy the equipment by explosive demolition. Mechanical destruction requires axes, sledges, hammers, picks, mattocks, crowbars, or similar implements. Mechanical destruction will not be at­tempted on explosive items, or upon electronic items with power applied. When possible, equi!J· ment that has been damaged by mechanical means shall be burned.

d. Bundno. Burning is a good method to usc in conjunction with other methods of destruction. Damage by fire alone may not always be as ex­tensive as exJ)<lCted. Portions of electrical equip­ment, metals with low melting points, pneumatic tires, and technical manuals can be destroyed ef­fectively by burning. Burning may be accom­plished, using gasoline, oil, incendiary grenades, flamethrowers, blowtorches, welding torches, or other flammable or flame-producing items. Com­bustible material, such as bags, clothing, paper, or canvas should be packed under and around items to be destroyed, and then soaked with a flammable material. Ignition of flammable mate­rial may be accomplished by an incendiary grenade from a safe distance, a burst from a flamethrower, a train of combustible material, or other appropriate means.

e. Disposal. The disposal method of destruction includes burying items in the ground, submerging them in water, or scattering them so widely as to prevent or substantially delay the recovery and utilization of essential parts. Burying may be ac­complished by digging holes or utilizing gullies, ravines, and crevices whenever possible. Total sub­mersion in lakes, streams, or other bodies of water provides concealment of equipment. Scattering vi­tal parts through dense foliage over a wide area will hinder the enemy.

S-1 Dig1t1 ed t>v Coogle

TM9-1425-384-14

f Abuse. Major damage to equipment can be accomplished by deliberate improper operation of the equipment. Engines can be operated without 1ubricating oil or with the addition of foreign ma­,erial to the crankcase and transmission. Such abusive treatment may be implemented if hasty action should become necesaary.

g. Weapons Fire. Weapons ftre as a method of destruction is usually used as a last resort because of the danger to personnel. Artillery, rifles, rifle grenades, hand grenades, machine-guns, and rockets may be used to accomplish destruction. All firing of these weapons must be from a safe distance, from cover, after all personnel have been removed from the area. Friendly troops must be protected from direct line of fire and from ricochets.

5-4. Precautionary Measures.

<L Generol. Where high explosives (warheads) and missile sections are being destroyed in haste, under emergency conditions, the possibility of in­jury to personnel is great. Every possible pre­caution under the prevailing conditions should be observed.

b. Explosive Handling Precautions. Care­lessnes:;, rough handling, and disregard for aafety rules when handling explosives cause unnecessary waste, premature explosions, misfires, and, in many cases, serious accidents. Care must be taken to keep ammunition packing boxes and containers from being broken, cracked, or dented. H packing boxes and containers should become damaged, they must be repaired and reworked immediately. Properly packaged, the 1/2-pound and the 1-pound blocks of TNT are relatively safe to handle, while plastic-type explosives are the safest type of ex­plosives available. Blasting caps are extremely sensitive and may explode unless handled care­fully. They must be protected from shock and ex­treme heat, and are never stored or transported with any other explosive. Detonating cord and time blasting fuzes are not to be stored or trans­ported with any explosive material. Refer to FM 5-25 for complete precautionary measures.

c. Incendiary Grenade Precautions. When materiel is destroyed by incendiary grenades, the resulting flying fragments constitute a hazardous condition. Destruction must be accomplished in an area free of friendly troops, and cover must be taken immediately, since an early explosion may be caused by the grenade. H explosive am­munition is present, the danger zone has a radius of approximately 229 meters (250 yards). When incendiary grenades are fitted witk til'IIC bllwttiq

fuzes, the fuzes should be of sufficient time dura- 1 . tion to perm it detonation after personnel have been evacuated. Time blasting fuzes bum at the rate of 0.31 meter (1 foot) in approximately 40 seconds. H time permits, the fuzes should be test­ed before use and kept' separated from the

'

grenades. d. Weapons Fire Precautions. Ricocheting bul·

lets constitute a hazard when weapons fire is used. Personnel involved in demolition at ranges less than 457 meters (500 yards), using artillery, rifles, grenades, or high explosive rockets, must take ade­quate cover. When small arms fire is used, friend­ly troops must be protected from direct line of fire and from ricochets. Refer to AR 385-63 for precautionary measures in firing combat ammuni­tion.

e. Pres.urized Components. The air must be bled from pressurized tanks, cylinders, or actu· ators before mechanical destruction to eliminate the danger of explosion. If pneumatic tires are inflated, care should be taken to prevent injury if the tire should blow while being smashed.

f Electrical Precautions. To prevent personnel injury from contact with high-voltage conductors. all electrical items must be disconnected from power sources before explosives are installed or mechanical destruction is attempted. H possible. 1

capacitors should be discharged o.r grounded be- � fore explo�ives are installed or mechanical de- 1

struction is attempted. g. Burning Precautio�. Carelessness when

igniting gasoline or other volatile materials may result in painful bums. Consideration should be given to their highly flammable nature and vapor.

5·5. Detrn of O.moge. a. General. Methods of destruction should

achieve such damage to equipment and essential repair parts that it will not be possible to restore the equipment to a usable condition in the combat zone either by repair or cannibalization.

b. Classtified Equipment. Whenever possible, classified equipment must be destroyed to such a degree as to prevent duplication by the enemy or to prevent revealing the means of operation or function.

c. Associated Classified Docutnettt.�. Any classified documents, notes, instructions, or other written material pertaining to function, operation, maintenance, or employment, including drawings . and parts lists, must be destroyed in a manner � to re11der them useless to the enemy. �

Digitized by Coogle

5-6. Equipment Installed in Vehicles.

Equipment installed in or on vehicles should be destroyed in accordance with the priorities for the equipment itself, taking into account the relative importance of the installed equipment and the vehic:le.

5-7. Repair Parts.

The same priority for destruction of component parts of the major item necessary to render that

TM 9-1425-384-14

item inoperable must be given to the destruction of similar components in repair parts storage areas.

5-8. Reporting.

The reporting of the destruction of equipm�>nt is to be done through command channels.

Section II. DETAILED DEMOUTION PROCEDURES

S-9. General.

This section provides detailed destruction proce­dures for the different items .of equipment of the PERSHING la missile system. The procedures specify the area where explosive charges could be placed, and the tools and means of mechanical destruction, burning, and destruction by means of weapons.

5-10. Priority of Destruction.

I c�uf•o�] Destroy equipment only when author­ized by proper authority.

a. Equipment. PERSHING la missile system equipment is to be destroyed in proper sequence of security and system responsibility. Major items having classified components are to be given pri­ority and destroyed first. Items that are essential to system operation, but not classified, are to be destroyed according to system importance imme­diately after classified items. Table 5-l lists the major items in the proper destruct sequence ac­cording to classification and system importance.

b. Technical Manuals and Repair Parts.

(1) Technical manual.�. Classified manuals receive a high destruct priority because they de­scril;le function and theory of operation necessary to operate classified equipment. The manuals may be destroyed by tearing the pages loose, pouring flammable liquid over them. and burning them. Unclassified manuals must also be destroyed be­cause of the interrelationship between equipment.

(2) Repair parts. The classified repair parts and assemblies are to be destroyed when identical

equipment installed on major items is destroyed. Unclassified repair parts are also destroyed in the same sequence as the major item. This equipment may be destroyed by explosives, mechanical means, burying, or disposal.

Table 5·1. Syatem De&tnu:t Priority Seqw""""

Paragraph Priority Major items and components reference

1 Warhead te<tion 5-13

I Missile assembled on erector·launcher 5-14 2 Battery control central 5·15 2 Guidanee HC:tion 5-16 2 Radio terminal set 5-11

2 Programmer·tost station 5-18 2 System eomponenta IA!It station 5-19 2 Power station �20 2 Teletypewriter central office S-21 2 Clasaified technical manuals S-22 2 Ert!Ctor-launcher 5-23 2 Launch control group (SLA) 5-2-1 3 •'irst and HC:ond stages 5-25 3 A•imuth laying set 5-26 4 Test seta 5-27 5 Shop seta 1>-28

5 Power alation group (FDT) 5-29 5 Cargo truck M656 and tractor M757 �

equipment mountina: kits 5 Generators (l().kw and 41>-kw) S-31 6 Miscellaneous ground support S.32

equipment

6 Power distribution and cable 5-33 seta

6 Wrecker 14543 tiedown kit 5-34 6 Auxiliary equipment vehicles 5...a.5 7 Unc!UJ�ified technical manuals 5-36

.. Digitized by G J.:;Ilg le

TM 9·1425·384-14

5-11. Explosive Demolition Procedures.

!wARNING I If possible, check burning rate of safety fuze before use. The safety fuze, which contains black powder, and nonelectric blasting cap must be protected from moisture at all times.

a, PlaceTtumt. Place charges of TNT (1/2- or 1-pound block) or equivalent and necessary detona­tion cord as prescribed in demolition paragraphs for individual items.

b. Prim-ing. Connect charges for simultaneous detonation, using dual priming, if possible, to min· imize possibility of misfire. For priming, use a nonelectric blasting cap crimped to at least 1.5 meters (5 feet) of safety fuze or an electric blasting cap and firing wire or detonating cord. Safety fuze burns at rate of 0.31 meter (1 foot) in 32 to 40 seconds.

c. Detonation and lgnit:Um.

I WARNING I Use extreme caution to insure that all explosive charges are connected together to provide for simultaneous detonation. Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in danger from resultant explosions.

When charges are primed with nonelectric blasting caps and safety fuze or detonating cord, ignite fuze and then take cover. When charges are primed with an electric blasting cap, take cov· er before firing.

5-12. Hazardous Items.

a. Gu:i<Wnce Sectum. Several hazardous items are contained in the guidance section. During demolition procedures, observe precautionary measures when handling the explosive battery dis­connect switch, four explosive connector switches, and battery. The above items are classified nonex­plosive for shipping and storage,

c. Explosive Bolt Cartridges. These hazardous items are used in the bolts that secure the missile

b. First and Second Stage.�. These missile sec­tions use a solid fuel as booster and sustainer propellants. The solid fuel is ignited by initiators and pyrogen units. The first and second stages are hazardous items when they are being de­stroyed by the various methods of destruction. The danger of fire and explosion requires that safety precautions be strictly observed during the de­struction process.

5-4

section splice bands. They are classified as nonex­plosive for shipping and storage, but are explosive when handled.

5-13. Warhead Section.

Refer to TM 39-50-S for instructions on destruction of warhead section.

5·14. Missile Assembled on Erector-Launcher.

Note If possible, remove warhead section and destroy it separately.

a. &plosive Dem.olit·ion.

I WARNING I Use extreme caution to insure that all explosive charges are connected together to provide for simultaneous detonation. Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no fri11ndly troops are in danger from resultant explosions.

(1) Refer to TM 39·50-8 for instructions on destruction of warhead section.

(2) Use an axe or other suitable tool to pen· etrate missile skin where explosive charges may be placed. On guidance section, cover assembly (forward portion) and base assembly (rear portion) are most vulnerable; on first and second stages. forward adapter and skirt are most vulnerable.

(3) Prime charges as prescribed in para· graph 5-llb and place them in openings made in (2) above. If possible, pour combustible liquid in guidance section conditioned-air inlet and outlet valves.

(4) Place charges on EL as prescribed in paragraph 5-22.

(5) If M757 is to be destroyed at this time, refer to paragraph 5-30.

(6) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraph 5-llb and c.

b. Mechanical Destnu;tiur1. Note

If possible, remove warhead section and destroy it separately.

(1) Refer to TM 39-50-8 for instructions on destruction of warhead section.

(2) Refer to paragraphs 5-16, 5-23, 5-25, and TM 9-2320-230-10 for instructions on mechanical destruction of guidance section, EL, first and sec· ond stages, and M757, respectively.

(3) If possible, erect and topple missile. j (4) If possible, burn missile and EL after �

mechanical destruction (pars. 5-16, 5-23, and 5-25).

Digitized by Coogle

c. Weapons Fire Destruction.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets or resultant explosion.

(1) Refer to TM 39-50-8 for instructions on destruction of warhead section.

(2) Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy assembled missile on EL.

5-1 5. Battery Control Central.

a. &plosive Demolition.

(1) Remove classified documents from safes and tear pages loose.

(2) Remove and empty portable fire ex· tinguishers.

(3) Place explosive charges in cabinets and drawers, around receivers, transmitters, and pan· els, and on work tables.

(4) Pile port�ble equipment items, (control boxes, typewriters, PAL units, receivers, headsets, telephones, and cables) around charges on work­table.

(5) Destroy cargo truck M656 as prescribed in TM 9-2320-230-10.

(6) Prime charges as prescribed in para· graph 5-llb.

(7) If possible, pour combustible liquid on classified documents.

(8) Detonate charges as prescribed in para· graph 5-llc.

b. Mechanical Destruction.

(1) Remove classified documents from safes and burn or bury documents.

. (2) Use an axe, sledge, pick, hammer, mat­tock, crowbar, or other suitable tool to cut and Slll&Sh wall and worktable mounted components. The mounted components consist of switchboards, receivers, control panels, transceivers, telephones, electrical outlets, power supplies, and safe locks.

(3) Using tools in (2) above or using a heavy vehicle, smash or crush portable components of BCC. The portable components include PAL units, headsets, chairs, fire extinguishers, cables, lantern, and antenna.

(4) If cargo truck M656 is to be destroyed, refer to TM 9-2320-230-10.

(5) If possible, burn BCC after mechanical destruction.

TM 9-1425-384-14

c. Bunting. (1) If possible, render BCC inoperative prior

to burning. (2) Remove classified documents from safe

and tear out pages. (3) Place combustible material in cabinets

and drawers, and under worktable, and on work­table.

(4) Pour combustible liquid over combustible . material and components.

(5) If cargo truck M656 i� to be dt"' royed, refer to TM 9-2320-230-10.

(6) Ignite material with an i nccndiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with · com· bustible train of suitable length, or by ot.:u�r ap· propriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. Weapons Fire Destrucrirm.

[WARNING I Insure that all personnel are cl�ar of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy BCC. Fire on all portions of BCC to insure complete destruction.

5-16. Guidance Section. .

a. Explosive Demolit ion, Out of Container.

(l) Gain access to guidance section compo­nents by removing battery door and pressure dome or by mechanical destruction.

(2) Evenly space explosive charges in guid· ance section as shown in figure i>-1, if possible, or around outside diameter of forward and rear of section.

(3) Prime and detonate charges as pre-scribed in paragraph 5-llb and c.

·

b. Explosive Demolit·icm. it� Contrtiner.

(l) Remove container cover and extend sec­tion on rails.

(2) Perform procedures in a(!) and (2) above. (3) Place a charge or charges on container

rails (fig. 5,2) and umbilical plate. (4) Prime charges as prescribed in para­

graph 5-llb.

(5) Retract guidance section into container. (6) Detonate charges as prescribed in para·

graph 5-llc.

' Digitized by ��ogle

TM9-142S-314-14 C2

------ - --- � _,�..... ' ------ .:::: � '

- ...__ _ I I

.,

c. Mech4nic4l Destruction. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy guidance section. The tools avail­able for mechanical destruction may only partially des� internal components. Continued beating and smashing of outside akin will eventually render internal compone.nts and preeaurization in-

1 operable. If poulble., bum guidance section after mechanical de.tructlon.

d. Bumirlq, Oltt of Container. (1) If posaible, render guidance section in­

operative by mechanical means prior to burning. (2) If posaible, remove batterY door and pres­

sure dome, and place combustible material in opening or into any opening made during mechan­ical destruction.

(3) Pour large quantities of gasoline, oil, or other combustible liquid into openings, including conditioned-air inlet and outlet valves and over outsidt: of section.

(4) Ignite combustible material with an in­cendiarY grenade fired from a safe distance, with a combustible train of suitable length, or by other appropriate mean a. Take cover immediately.

....

- , \ I

J \ I

OlD HI9UI

e. Burning, in Qmtoiner. (1) Remove container cover, and extend aec·

tion on rails. (2) Perform procedures in d(l) through (3)

above. ·

(3) Retract guidance section into container. (4) Place combustible material around guid­

ance section, aud soak material with combustible liquid. Pour combustible liquid in conditioned-air inlet and outlet valves.

(5) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com· bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

f WeapoM Fire Destruction.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any availllble weapons, fired from cover, to destroy guidance section, either in or out of con· tlliner .

Digili ed .:>y Coogle

5·17. Radio Terminal S.t;

Refer to TM 11-5820-469-10 for instructions on de-l struction of RTS.

.

5-18. Programmet"·Test Station.

a. &p/Nive Demolition.

(1) Place explosive charges in cabinets, con­sole, adapter, and compartments.

(2) Place charges around computer, control panels, signal distribution box, power distribution assembly, card and module test set, and air con­ditioners.

(3) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraphs 5-llb and c.

b. Mechanical Destnu:tion. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy PTS and its components. Smash computer, control panels, adapter, power distri­bution system, signal distribution box, tapes, card and module test set, and air conditioners. Smash components of console (teleprinter, monitor panel, countdown control panel, azimuth laying control panel, tape reader, utility panel, and voltage-phone monitor panel). U po��sible, bum PTS after me­chanical destruction.

c. Burning. Bum materials as prescribed in (1) I through (5) below.

(1) If possible, render PTS inoperable by me­chanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Place combustible material in cabinets, console, adapter, and compartments.

(3) Place combustible material around com­puter, control panels, signal distribution box, pow­er distribution system, card and module test set, and air conditioners, and on workbench.

(4) Pour combustible liquid over conbustible material.

(5) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com­bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. Weapons Fire Destruction.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, f�red from cover, to � destroy PTS. Fire on all portions of PTS to insure ' complete destruction.

fM 9-1425-314-14

5-19. System Components Test Station. a. &p/Nive Demolition.

(1) Place explosive charges on cable storage cabinet, oscilloscope, assembly tester, differen tial voltmeter, and test dollies.

(2) Place explosive charges on portable heat­ers, rotary inverter, inside relay panel and rfi filter assembly, power distribution cabinet, card and module test set, computer, adapter, pneumatic test set, and connector panel.

(3) Place explosive charges on or in air con­ditioners.

(4) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraphs 5-llb and c.

b. Mechanical Destruction. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy SCTS and components. Smash items listed in paragraphs a(l) through a(3) above. U posaible, burn SCTS after mechanical destruc­tion.

c. Burning. Burn items as prescribed in (1) thropgh (4) below.

(1) If posaible, render SCTS inoperable by mechanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Place combustible material on, in, or around the items listed in paragraphs a(l) through a(3) and on the SCTS floor.

(3) Pour combustible liquid over combustible material.

(4) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com­bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. Weapons Jilre Des tnu:tion.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy SCTS. Fire on all portions of SCTS to insure complete destruction.

5-20. Power Station.

Note The procedures in this paragraph are also used for the trailer-mounted power station. Refer to TM 9-2330-287-14 for destruction of trailer M796.

a. &p/Nive Demolition. (1) Gain acceaa to interior of PS by remov­

ing or opening access covers and panels or by mechanical destruction.

S-7 Digitized by Coogle

TM9-1425-384-14

(2) Space explosive charges as shown in fig· ure 5-2.

(3) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraphs 5-11 b and c.

b. Mechanical Destroction. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy PS and its components. Smash gas turbine engine combustion chamber, engine con-

, .•

NOTES• 1. CH.RGES •Rf 1/2·POVNO BlOCKS

Of TNT 011 fQUIV.lENT. 2. PLACE TWO llOCKS IETwtEN GENEAATOIIS. 3. PLACE ONE BLOCK UNDER GURBOX.

trol box, control cubicle, gearbox, electrical dis· tribution center, and any other parts that time permits. If possible, burn PS after mechanical de­struction.

c. Burning.

(1) If possible, render PS inoperable by me­chanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Place combustible material in and around components and on PS. Pour combustible liquid over material and PS.

MS 170275

Digitized by Coogle

.

I I

(3) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, or with a com­bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. Weapons Fire Destructitm.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of !ire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy PS. Fire on all portions of PS to insure complete destruction.

e. Abu.�e. Perform (1) or (2) below to render PS inoperable.

(I) Start engine. Set PROTECTION BY PASS switch to ON. Drain oil from engine; start engine and let it run without oil.

(2) Put sand, gravel, nuts, bolts, screws or broken glass in oil filter tubes. Remove oil filter elements; start engine and let it run at full speed.

5-21. Teletypewriter Central Office.

Refer to TM 11-5815-20:>-14 for instructions on de­struction of teletypewriter central office.

5·22. Classified Techniad Manuals. Classified technical manuals may be destroyed by tearing the pages loose, pouring combustible liq­uids over them, and burning. They may also be burned in the high-intensity fires that destroy the missile sections. If no combustible liquid is avail­able, burn the manuals. Every effort must be made to insure that all pages are completely de­stroyed.

5-23. Erector-Launcher. o. Explosive Demolititm.

(1} Place explosive charges around EL as shown in figure 5-3.

(2) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraph 5-llb and c.

b. MechanicaJ Destructum. Use an axe, sledge, hammer, pick. mattock, crowbar, or other suitable tool to cut or smash cable mast, jacks, davit, az. imuth ring, cables, boom, control box, control pan­el, tires, and pneumatic and hydraulic systems. The hydraulic and pneumatic systems consist of oil tank, pneumatic reservoir, accumulator, ac­tuator, manifold, brakes, and connecting tubing. If possible, bum EL after mechanical destruction.

c. Bu"ting. Burn materials as prescribed in (1) through (4) below.

TM9·1425-384-14

(1) If possible, render EL inoperable by me­chanical destruction, prior to burning.

(2) Place large quantities of combustible ma­terial around control box, hydraulic control panel, accumulator, actuator, tires, cables, and hydraulic system oil tank.

(3) Pour combustible liquid over combustible material and assemblies.

(4) Ignite material with incendiary grenades !ired !rom a safe distance, with a combustible train of suitable length, or by other appropriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. Weapon6 Fire Destructian.

I WARNING) Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired !rom cover, to destroy EL. Fire on all portions of EL to insure complete destruction.

5-24. Launch Control Group ( SLA).

a. E.rpwsive Demoli titm. Refer to TM 9-2330-213-14 for demolition of trailer, then perform (1) through {3) below.

(1) Gain access to interior of SLA by re­moving or opening access covers and panels or by mechanical destruction.

(2) Space explosive charges as shown in fig­ure 5-4.

(3) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraphs l>-llb and c.

b. Mechanical Destroctitm. Refer to TM 9-2330-213-14 !or destruction of the trailer. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy SLA and its components. Smash stepping switches, solenoid and butterfly valves, status panel, relay assemblies, and power supply.

c. Burning. Refer to TM 9·2330-213-14 for burn­ing the trailer; then burn SLA as prescribed in (1) through (4) below.

(1) If possible, render SLA inoperable by me­chanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Open access panels and covers; place combustible material inside and around exterior of SLA.

(3) Pour combustible liquid over combustible material.

TM 9-1425-384-14

5-10

NOTE, CHARGES ARE 1/2· OR I-POUND BLOCKS OF TNT OR EQUIVALENT.

MS 170277

, . .

I

sOTE CHARGES ARE 1 2· OR 1·POVN0 8LOC�S Of TNT OR EOUIVALENI

F'igure H. Locotio• ofch•'ll .. i• lo1mch co•trol group !SLAJ.

TM 9·1425-314·14

MS 170276

5-11

Drgilized by ( .oo�le

TM 9·1425·384-14

(4) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com· bustible train of suitable length, or by other suit­able means. Take cover immediately.

d. Wea7>ans Fire Destructiml.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy SLA and trailer. Fire on all portions of SLA to insure complete destruction.

5-25. First and Second Stag".

Note

When destroying first and second stages, it is important to destroy pro­pellant grain integrity by inducing cracks, delaminations, debonding or low· order burning. Exterior explosives will be effective even though they do not penetrate outer skin or cause low-order burning.

NOIE, CHARGES UE

1/2· OR I-POUND

BlOCKS OF INI

OR (QUIVAlENT .

a. Explosive Denw/itif.m. Out of Conta·iner.

(1) Evenly space explosive charges in for· ward and rear portion of missile section as shown in figure 5-5.

(2) Prime and detonate charges as pre­scribed in paragraph 5-llb and c.

b. Explosive Dem.olitimt, i11 Container.

(1) Remove container cover and extend mis· site section on rails.

(2) Evenly space explosive charges in for· ward and rear portion of missile section as shown in ftgure 5-6.

(3) Place a charge or charges on container rails (fig. 5-6).

(4) Prime charges as prescribed in para· graph 5-llb.

(5) Retract missile section into container.

(6) Detonate charges as prescribed 10 para· graph 5-llc.

c. Mechun;cal De.�truct·io11. Use an axe, sledge, pick, hammer, mattock, crowbar, or other suitable tool to crack, dent, or puncture missile section. Additional damage can be accomplished by smashing vanes, hydraulic actuators, nozzle, and

OlD H89944

Figvre 5·5. LocaiMm of clulrgeo for 1ecolld lf<J{Ie (oi.milar for fiNt •toqe/.

5-12 Digitized by Coogle

I I

NOTE: CHA.RG£5 A.R£ l/2- OR I-POUND BlOCKS OF TNT OR fQUIV Al{NT.

TM 9-1425-384-14

ORO H89'1.S

.flgure 5-6. LocaiUm of clu.rges for mi88ile 8ectUm in ctmlainer (l1fpica/}.

cables. If !XJ6Sible, burn missile section after me­chanical destruction.

d. Burning, Out of Container.

(1) If possible, render missile section inop­erative by mechanical destruction prior to burn­mg.

(2) Place combustible material in forward and rear openings and any openings made by me­chanical destruction.

(3) Pour large quantities of combustible liq­uids over material and section.

(4) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com­bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

e. Burning, in Container. (1) Remove container cover and extend mis­

sile section on rails.

(2) Perform procedures in d(l) through (3) above.

(3) Retract missile section into container.

(4) Place combustible material around mis­sile section and soak material with a combustible liquid.

(5) Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, with a com­bustible train of suitable length, or by other ap­propriate means. Take cover immediately.

f Weapons Fire De.�t-roction.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover. to destroy missile section, either in or out of con­tainer.

TM9-1425-314-14

5-26. Azimuth Laying Set and Equipment Used With Azimuth Laying Set.

a. &plosive Demolition.

(1) Place explosive charges in RA, tripod and translating arm, and EU containers.

(2) If ARU shelter assembly, diagnostic prism assembly, sunshield tent assembly, tripod T2, and missile window weather shield assembly are to be demolished, place them near the con­tainers prepared in (1) above.

(3) Evenly distribute charges between · and over the equipment and prime the charges as pre­scribed in paragraph 5-llb . .

( 4) Detonate charges as prescribed in para­graph 5-llc.

b. Mechanical Destnu:tion. Use an axe, sledge, pick, hammer, mattock, crowbar, or other suitable tool to smash the components of the RA, tripod, translating arm, EU and diagnostic prism assem­bly. Cut cables and fabric; smash containers, bend and/or cut poles and frame assemblies.

c. Burning. Spread shelter and tent fabric on ground and place equipment on fabric. Place com-

5-14

buatible material in and around containers. Pour combustible liquid oYer material. Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe dis­tance, or with a combustible train of snitable length, or by other appropriate means. Take cover immediately.

d. W«�pona Fire Destnu:tion.

I WARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any availal>le weapons, fired from cover, to destroy components of azimuth laying set.

5-27. THt Sets.

a. &plosive Demolition. (1) Place explosive charges as shown in f�g­

ure 5-7. (2) Prime and detonate charges as pre­

scribed in paragraph 5-llb and c.

NO!!, CHARG!5 AI! 1/2· OR I·�UND

llOC«5 Of INI OR !OUIVAl!Nl.

010 H199.f7

D•git1zed by Coogle

Cl b. Mechanical Destruction. Use an axe, sledge,

pick, hammer, mattock, crowbar, or other suitable ·woJ to smash and cut internal components of test set. These items may also be destroyed by crushing them under track of a tracked vehicle or under wheels of a heavy vehicle. IC possible, burn test set after mechanical destruction.

c. Burning. (1) If possible, render test set inoperable by

mechanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Place combustible material on and around equipment. Pour combustible liquid over material and equipment and ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from .a safe distance, with a combustible train of suitable length, or by other appropriate means. Take cover immedi­ately.

d. Weapons Fire Destruction.

I wARNING I Insure that all personnel are clear of area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy test set.

5-28. Shop Sets.

Note The procedures in this paragraph are applicable to any of the shop sets.

a. &plosive Demolition.

(1) Place enough explosive charges in equip-ment racks, cabinets, drawers, electrical distribu-1 tion boxes, test equipment and, when so equipped, on air conditioners and tires to destroy shop set.

(2) Prime and detonate charges as pre-scribed in paragraph S-llb and c.

b. Mechanical DeBtruction. Use an axe, sledge, pick, hammer, mattock, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy shop set. Destroy repair parts, equipment racks, cabinets, drawers, distribution boxes, tool sets, test equipment, air conditioner, and cabling. On semitrailer-mounted electrical and mechanical repair shops, also cut tires and destroy the three air conditioners. I! possible, burn shop set after mechanical destruction.

c. Burning.

(1) If possible, render shop set inoperable by mechanical destruction prior to burning.

TM9-142S-314-14

(2) Place combustible material around and on components in equipment racks, cabinets, drawers, and distribution boxes. For semitrailer­mounted electrical and mechanical repair shops, also place combustible material around tires and the three air conditioners. Pour combustible liquid over material and shop set. Ignite material with an incendiary grenade fired from a safe distance, or with a combustible train of suitable length, or by other appropriate means. Take cover im­mediately.

d. Weapons Fire Destructian.

!wARNING 1 Insure that all personnel are clear of the area and that no friendly troops are in line of fire or in danger of ricochets.

Use any available weapons, fired from cover, to destroy the shop set.

5-29. Power Station Group ( FDT) . Note

Open and close forward and rear sec­tions of trailer housing as required to gain access to components.

a. &pimlive Demolition. Refer to TM 9-2330-213-14 for demolition of trailer, then perform (1) and (2) below.

(1) Space explosive charges as shown in fig­ure S-8.

(2) Prime and detonate charges as pre· scribed in paragraph 5-11 b and c.

b. Mechanical Destructilm. Refer to TM 9-2330-213-14 for destruction of the trailer. Use an axe, sledge, pick, mattock, hammer, crowbar, or other suitable tool to destroy FDT and its components. Smash electrical distribution box, generators, con­trol box assembly, air purification unit, motor gen­erator set control box, pneumatic unit, electrical and pneumatic control panels, vent fan, air com­pressor, and generators. If JlOS;Sibble, bum FDT after mechanical destruction.

c. Burning. Refer to TM 9-2330-213-14 for burn­ing the trailer; then burn FDT as prescribed in (1) through (4) below.

(1) If possible, render F.DT inoperable by mechanical destruction prior to burning.

(2) Place combustible material around com­ponents of FDT.

Digitized by G J)�Ie A t!lil c

TM 9-1425-314-14

NOTE, . CKAIIGE$ AilE l/2·POUNO IIOCKS OF TNT Olt EQUIVAlENT.

Ji'jqvre 5-$. Loca!itm of charges m power IIG!itnl fii"'OOP (FDT).

5-30. C.1• Truck M656 and Tractor M757 • lpmont Mounting Kits.

N.te Refer to paragraphs 5-17, 5-18, and 5-20 for destruction of equipment mounted on cargo truck M656.

If cargo truck M656 and tractor M757 are to be destroyed, the equipment mounting kits should be destroyed with the vehicle. This equipment is most' conveniently destroyed by explosive demolition or mechanical destruction. Destroy cargo truck M656 and tractor M757 as prescribed in TM 9-2320-230-10. In addition to the equipment mounting kits, the equipment listed below is mounted on cargo truck M656 and tractor M757.

a. Programmer-Test Station/Power Station Carrier.

Cable assemblies Air servicer Support rack Boarding ladders

5·16

b. &dio Terminal Set Carrier . 10-kw generator and skids Cable assemblies Winterization heater and air ducts Gasoline cans (5) Fire extinguishers Storage support rack Boarding ladder

c. Tractor M757. 10-kw generator EL spare tire and wheel Cable assemblies

'

Multiple-leg sling Gasoline cans (3) Tool box

5-31. Generators ( 1 0-KW and 45-KW). Refer to TM 5-6115-275-14 and TM !Hll15-274-12 for destruction procedures Cor the 10-kw and 45-kw generators, respectively.

Digitized by Coogle

5·32. Miscellaneous Ground Support Equipment.

a. Items of miscellaneous PERSHING ground support equipment include the following:

Sling sets Empty missile containers Cradle set Dolly set Warhead section handling device Boarding ladders

b. If the ground support equipment is to be destroyed, it may be most convemently destroyed by explosive demolition or by mechanical means followed by burning.

5·33. Power Distribution ond Cable Sets. If the power distribution and cable sets are to be destroyed, the best method is destruction by mechanical means follow1..>d by burning. Cables should be cut or slashed and connectors smashed before they are burned. Distribution boxes, test sets, and junction boxes should be smashed with a heavy hammer, axe, or tracked or heavy wheeled vehicle before burning.

5-34. Wrecker M543 Tiedown Kit.

Note Refer to TM 9-2320-211-10 for instruc­tions on destruction of wrecker M543.

TM9-1425·384-14

If the wrecker is to be destroyed, the wrecker tied own kit should be destroyed with the ,v reeker. This equipment is most conveniently destroyed by explosives or mechanical means.

5·35. Auxiliary Equipment Vehides.

Refer to TM 9-2320-211-10 for instructions on de­struction of auxiliary vehicles.

a. Items of equipment located on auxiliary vehi-cles include the following:

Azimuth laying sets Cable sets Tool sets Tents Test sets Power distribution boxes Refueling kit Containers

b. If the vehicles are to be destroyed, this equipment may be destroyed with the vehicles. If only the equipment is to be destroyed, it may be conveniently destroyed by mechanical means followed by burning. Equi11ment in containers should be removed from the containers before de­struction.

5-36. Unclassified Technical Manuals. Unclassified technical manuals may be destroyed in the same manner as classified technical man­uals (par. 5-22).

•

I

APPENDIX A

IEFIIENCES

TM9-142S-H4-14

Refer to TM 9-1425-380-L for a complete list of manuals that contain information that applies to the Pla Field Artillery Missile System.

TM 9-1425-384-14

APPENDIX 8 EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

8-1. Scope.

This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to perform procedures in this manual. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).

8-2. Explanation of Columns (Table 8-1 ).

a. Column 1 - Item number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the procedures to identify the material (Example: A procedure may say "Use cleaning solvent, item 28, table B-1").

b. Column 2 - LeveL This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item (C-operator/crew).

c. Column 3 - National Stock Number. This is the National stock number assigned to the item; use it to order a new item.

d. Column .4 - Descriptimt. Indicates the Federal item name and, if required a description to identify the item.

e. Column 5 - Unit of Measure (UIM). Unit of measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (CN for can, DR for drum, PG for package, BT for bottle, et.e). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue, order the lowest unit of issue that will do the job.

Item numbtr

I 2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

I I

12

13

14

15

(2)

Level

Tc>ble B-l. Ezpendable Supplie• and Mat£rial&

(3) National

atoc:k number

8105-00-550-4354

8135-00-292-9728

8135-00-224-8885

8135-00-233-3871

8135-00-753-4662

8135-00-281-3899

8135-00-171-1007

8020-00-264-3883

7920-00-291-5815

8030-00-231-2345

8135-00-543-6844

6850-00-264-6571

8!05-00-248-9625

8135-00-242-5610

(4)

Deaeription

Bag, heat.,..alable MIL-B-117

Barrier material. f(rease and waterproofed. 36 in .. both side8 heat-sealable MIL-8-121

Barrier material, grea:�e and waterproofed. 36 in., heat­sealable MIL-B-121

Barrier material. grease and waterproofed. 36 in., heat­sealable MIL-B-121

Barrier material, grease and wQterproofed. 36 in .. nonheat-sealable MIL-B-121

Bal'1'ier material, water-,.aporproofed, 36 in., all­weather, heat-sealable MIL-B·l31

Barrier material, waterproof, nexible MIL-1!-13239, GR A, TY B2, CLI

Barrier material, waterproof, nexible, 24 x 36 in., PPP-B· 1055, CL M-1

Brush, camel hair

Brush, wire scratch

Compound, col'1'osion resistant MIL-C-16173

Cushioning material, packaging PPP-C-1120

Dessicant, activated MIL-D-3464, TY I Envelope, packing list PPP-Fr540

Fiberboard, corrugated

.47

(5)

U/111

EA

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

EA

EA

GL

SH

DR

HD

RO

Digitized by lkoogle

T·�l425-311!b14

Tobie B·l. Eb:peNiltJble Suppli�.if. cmd M(tten·(ll.-.-Contil1u.ed '

(I) (2) C.3l (4) (5) National

Item siAl<k number Level number Description U/M

16 9150-00-98.'>-7246 Grease, air<raft and instrument MIL-G-23827 CN 17 9150-00· 98.'>-724 7 Grease, aircraft and instrument MIL-G-2.'1827 CN 18 9150.()0.190-0904 Grease. automotive and artillery MIL-C-10924 Llk 19 6685-00· 752·82-10 Indicator, humidity, card, 3-opot MS2003-2 EA

20 7510-00·41 g..g;66 Ink. stenciling. black TT-1-1795 Cl'! 21 7510.()0.183-7698 Ink, stendling, yellow TJ'.l-1795 CN 22 6685.()0. 953-4825 Indicator. humidity, plug EA

23 9150.()0. 999-7548 Lubricant, interlocking slide faste-ner CN

24 9150.()0.188-9864 Lubric.ating oil, engine MlL-L-2104 CN

25 8010.()0.597-8238 Paint. temporary MIL-P-139l\3 GL

26 6f).(().{)0.5.Cj7 -67 4 5 Paper. lens NNN-1'·40 SH

27 8135-QO.sss-1245 Paper, wrapping MllrP-17667 RO

28 933().()0.901.()f>9'l Pla.,iie she.t i.-P-378, TY I, GR A SH 29 1420-00·967· I 535 Seal, wire EA

30 6850.()0.224·6665 Solvent, cleaning MIL·C.ll09D CN 31 8135-00·285-4747 Strapping QQ·S-781, TY I. CI. A HO

32 6810.()0.270·9988 Talc, technical ZZ.T-416, TV 4. CL C BG

33 7510.00.91 6--96!)9 Tape, pres.•ure ll<ln&itive. adhesive MllrT-22085 RO

34 7o10-Q0.269-809'l Tape, pressure ""nsitive, adhesive PPP-T,.;() RO

35 7f)J0-00-551-1245 Tape, pressure sensitive, adhesive PPP-T..(.() RO

36 7510.()0.810-0468 Tape, pressure sensitive. adhesive PPP·T·'76 RO

37 7510.()0.290·8034 Tape., pressure sensitive, adhesive PPP-T-97 RO

38 681C).()()·664.Q387 Trichloroethane CN 39 9so.;.()().555-8648 Wire. nonelectrical. QQ-W-423, �'M I. CL 302 or RO

QQ-W-423. t'M l . CL 304

1-2 Digitized by Coogle

By Order of the Secretary of the Almy:

Ofticial: J. C. PENNINGTON

Major General, United Stata Army The Af(jutant O.nerul

Distribution:

TM 9-1425-384-14

E. C. MEYER O.nnal, United 'Stata Army

Chief of StrJff

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-32, Section 11, Organizational Maintenance requirements for the PERSHING ls Missile System.

Digitized by Google

•

t

Digitized by Coogle

l Cooglt:

,